This commit was manufactured by cvs2svn to create tag

'OLD_MAKEFILES'.

git-svn-id: https://svn.wxwidgets.org/svn/wx/wxWidgets/tags/OLD_MAKEFILES@2601 c3d73ce0-8a6f-49c7-b76d-6d57e0e08775

Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+# Top-level Makefile for wxGTK by Wolfram Gloger
+# based on the version for wx-Xt by Martin Sperl
+
+SHELL=/bin/sh
+
+DIRS=src
+
+#if DIRS are defind make only executes in these diretories
+all::
+	@if test "x$(DIRS)" = x; then \
+	  for i in src samples utils user; do \
+	    echo "entering directory $$i building $@"; \
+	    (cd $$i; ${MAKE} -k $@); \
+	  done; \
+	else \
+	  for i in $(DIRS) xxx; do \
+	    if test "$$i" != xxx; then \
+	      echo "entering directory $$i building $@"; \
+	      (cd $$i; ${MAKE} -k $@); \
+	    fi; \
+	  done; \
+	fi	    
+
+# what to do if a target is not understood:
+# pass it on to all the children...
+
+.DEFAULT::
+	@if test "x$(DIRS)" = x; then \
+	  for i in src samples utils user; do \
+	    echo "entering directory $$i building $@"; \
+	    (cd $$i; ${MAKE} -k $@); \
+	  done; \
+	else \
+	  for i in $(DIRS) xxx; do \
+	    if test "$$i" != xxx; then \
+	      echo "entering directory $$i building $@"; \
+	      (cd $$i; ${MAKE} -k $@); \
+	    fi; \
+	  done; \
+	fi
+
+src::
+	@echo "entering directory src building all"
+	@cd src; ${MAKE} all
+
+samples::
+	@echo "entering directory samples building all"
+	@cd samples; ${MAKE} all
+
+utils::
+	@echo "entering directory utils building all"
+	@cd utils; ${MAKE} all
+
+user::
+	@echo "entering directory user building all"
+	@cd user; ${MAKE} all
+
+install::
+	@echo "entering directory src for installing"
+	@cd src; ${MAKE} install
+#	@echo "entering directory utils for installing"
+#	@cd utils; ${MAKE} install
+	
+# the following ones recreate all Makefiles.
+
+makefiles:: recreate
+Makefiles:: recreate
+recreate::
+	@setup/general/createall
+
+# the following ones define what needs to be done to distribute the 
+# library and its components
+
+distribute:: distrib
+distrib:: distrib_base distrib_user join_utils join_samples
+
+distrib_samples::
+	@echo "entering directory samples creating distribution files"
+	@(cd samples; ${MAKE} -k distrib)
+
+distrib_user::
+	@echo "entering directory user creating distribution files"
+	@(cd user; ${MAKE} -k distrib)
+
+distrib_utils:: 
+	@echo "entering directory utils creating distribution files"
+	@(cd utils; ${MAKE} -k distrib)
+
+join_utils:: distrib_utils
+	@$(MAKE) join \
+	    BASEDIR=utils \
+	    FILES=`echo distrib/utils/*.tgz `
+
+join_samples:: distrib_samples
+	@$(MAKE) join \
+	    BASEDIR=samples \
+	    FILES=`echo distrib/samples/*.tgz `
+
+join_user:: distrib_user
+	@$(MAKE) join \
+	    BASEDIR=user \
+	    FILES=`echo distrib/user/*.tgz `
+
+join::
+	@# needed are BASEDIR and FILES
+	@if test "x$$BASEDIR" = x; then\
+	  echo "BASEDIR not specified.";\
+	  exit -1;\
+	fi
+	@if test "x$$FILES" != x ; then \
+	  echo "putting all seperate distribution files:";\
+	  echo "$$FILES";\
+	  echo "into distrib/$(BASEDIR).tgz";\
+	  src/gtk/setup/general/jointar $(BASEDIR) $$FILES distrib/$(BASEDIR).tgz; \
+	else \
+	  echo "Nothing to join - deleting..."; \
+	  echo "This may be the case, if you have not specified FILES."\
+	  rm -f distrib/$(BASEDIR).tgz; \
+	fi
+
+distrib_base:: 
+	@if test ! -d distrib ; then mkdir distrib; fi;
+	@if test ! -f system.list ; then \
+	  echo "dummy" > system.list;\
+	fi
+	@(curr=`pwd`; direc=`basename $$curr`;\
+	 (cd ..; \
+	  echo creating distrib/$$direc.tar from the current directory;\
+	  tar -cf /tmp/$$direc.tar \
+	    $$direc/COPYING\
+	    $$direc/INSTALL\
+	    $$direc/Makefile\
+	    $$direc/template.mak\
+	    $$direc/configure\
+	    $$direc/configure.in\
+	    $$direc/config.guess\
+	    $$direc/config.sub\
+	    $$direc/install-sh\
+	    $$direc/user/Makefile \
+	    $$direc/utils/Makefile \
+	    $$direc/samples/Makefile \
+	    ;\
+	  sed "s|^\(.*\)$$|/\1/|g" $$direc/system.list \
+	    | uniq > /tmp/$$direc.list; \
+	  echo "/RCS/" >> /tmp/$$direc.list; \
+	  for each in misc docs wx src setup; do \
+	    tar -uf /tmp/$$direc.tar \
+	      `\
+	       find $$direc/$$each \( -type f -o -type l \) -print \
+	       | fgrep -vf /tmp/$$direc.list \
+	       | grep -v "[~#]$$" \
+	      ` ;\
+	  done; \
+	  echo compressing $$direc.tar to $$direc.tgz;\
+	  gzip -9 -c /tmp/$$direc.tar > $$direc/distrib/$$direc.tgz;\
+	  rm /tmp/$$direc.tar /tmp/$$direc.list;\
+	 )\
+	)
+
+# the following ones are only needed if configure.in has changed
+# and needs to be updated...
+
+config:: configure
+
+configure::
+	@autoconf
+	@cat configure \
+	  | sed "s/config.cache/\$$OSTYPE.config.cache/g" \
+	  | sed "s/config.status/\$$OSTYPE.config.status/g" \
+	  | sed "s/\*\*--/  --/g" \
+	  > configure1
+	@chmod a+x configure1
+	@mv configure1 configure
+
+

config.guess

@@ -0,0 +1,599 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Attempt to guess a canonical system name.
+#   Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+#
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# Written by Per Bothner <bothner@cygnus.com>.
+# The master version of this file is at the FSF in /home/gd/gnu/lib.
+#
+# This script attempts to guess a canonical system name similar to
+# config.sub.  If it succeeds, it prints the system name on stdout, and
+# exits with 0.  Otherwise, it exits with 1.
+#
+# The plan is that this can be called by configure scripts if you
+# don't specify an explicit system type (host/target name).
+#
+# Only a few systems have been added to this list; please add others
+# (but try to keep the structure clean).
+#
+
+# This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe.
+# (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 8/24/94.)
+if (test -f /.attbin/uname) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+	PATH=$PATH:/.attbin ; export PATH
+fi
+
+UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown
+UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown
+UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown
+UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown
+
+trap 'rm -f dummy.c dummy.o dummy; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+# Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive.
+
+case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
+    alpha:OSF1:[VX]*:*)
+	# After 1.2, OSF1 uses "V1.3" for uname -r.
+	# After 4.x, OSF1 uses "X4.x" for uname -r.
+	echo alpha-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[VX]//'`
+	exit 0 ;;
+    alpha:OSF1:*:*)
+	# 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r.
+	echo alpha-dec-osf${UNAME_RELEASE}
+        exit 0 ;;
+    21064:Windows_NT:50:3)
+	echo alpha-dec-winnt3.5
+	exit 0 ;;
+    Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*)
+	echo m68k-cbm-sysv4
+	exit 0;;
+    amiga:NetBSD:*:*)
+      echo m68k-cbm-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+      exit 0 ;;
+    arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*)
+	echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0;;
+    Pyramid*:OSx*:*:*)
+	if test "`(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`" = att ; then
+		echo pyramid-pyramid-sysv3
+	else
+		echo pyramid-pyramid-bsd
+	fi
+	exit 0 ;;
+    sun4*:SunOS:5.*:*)
+	echo sparc-sun-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+	exit 0 ;;
+    i86pc:SunOS:5.*:*)
+	echo i386-unknown-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+	exit 0 ;;
+    sun4*:SunOS:6*:*)
+	# According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize
+	# SunOS6.  Hard to guess exactly what SunOS6 will be like, but
+	# it's likely to be more like Solaris than SunOS4.
+	echo sparc-sun-solaris3`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+	exit 0 ;;
+    sun4*:SunOS:*:*)
+	case "`/usr/bin/arch -k`" in
+	    Series*|S4*)
+		UNAME_RELEASE=`uname -v`
+		;;
+	esac
+	# Japanese Language versions have a version number like `4.1.3-JL'.
+	echo sparc-sun-sunos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/'`
+	exit 0 ;;
+    sun3*:SunOS:*:*)
+	echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    atari*:NetBSD:*:*)
+	echo m68k-atari-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    sun3*:NetBSD:*:*)
+	echo m68k-sun-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    mac68k:NetBSD:*:*)
+	echo m68k-apple-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    RISC*:ULTRIX:*:*)
+	echo mips-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    VAX*:ULTRIX*:*:*)
+	echo vax-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    mips:*:4*:UMIPS)
+	echo mips-mips-riscos4sysv
+	exit 0 ;;
+    mips:*:5*:RISCos)
+	echo mips-mips-riscos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*)
+	echo powerpc-harris-powerunix
+	exit 0 ;;
+    m88k:CX/UX:7*:*)
+	echo m88k-harris-cxux7
+	exit 0 ;;
+    m88k:*:4*:R4*)
+	echo m88k-motorola-sysv4
+	exit 0 ;;
+    m88k:*:3*:R3*)
+	echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
+	exit 0 ;;
+    AViiON:dgux:*:*)
+        # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures
+        UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p`
+        if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 -o $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 ] ; then
+	if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx \
+	     -o ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = x ] ; then
+		echo m88k-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	else
+		echo m88k-dg-dguxbcs${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	fi
+        else echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+        fi
+ 	exit 0 ;;
+    M88*:DolphinOS:*:*)	# DolphinOS (SVR3)
+	echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3
+	exit 0 ;;
+    M88*:*:R3*:*)
+	# Delta 88k system running SVR3
+	echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
+	exit 0 ;;
+    XD88*:*:*:*) # Tektronix XD88 system running UTekV (SVR3)
+	echo m88k-tektronix-sysv3
+	exit 0 ;;
+    Tek43[0-9][0-9]:UTek:*:*) # Tektronix 4300 system running UTek (BSD)
+	echo m68k-tektronix-bsd
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:IRIX*:*:*)
+	echo mips-sgi-irix`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/g'`
+	exit 0 ;;
+   ????????:AIX?:[12].1:2)   # AIX 2.2.1 or AIX 2.1.1 is RT/PC AIX.
+	echo romp-ibm-aix      # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id
+	exit 0 ;;              # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX '
+    i[34]86:AIX:*:*)
+	echo i386-ibm-aix
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:AIX:2:3)
+	if grep bos325 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+		sed 's/^		//' << EOF >dummy.c
+		#include <sys/systemcfg.h>
+
+		main()
+			{
+			if (!__power_pc())
+				exit(1);
+			puts("powerpc-ibm-aix3.2.5");
+			exit(0);
+			}
+EOF
+		${CC-cc} dummy.c -o dummy && ./dummy && rm dummy.c dummy && exit 0
+		rm -f dummy.c dummy
+		echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5
+	elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+		echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4
+	else
+		echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2
+	fi
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:AIX:*:4)
+	if /usr/sbin/lsattr -EHl proc0 | grep POWER >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+		IBM_ARCH=rs6000
+	else
+		IBM_ARCH=powerpc
+	fi
+	if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then
+		IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel`
+	else
+		IBM_REV=4.${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	fi
+	echo ${IBM_ARCH}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:AIX:*:*)
+	echo rs6000-ibm-aix
+	exit 0 ;;
+    ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*)
+	echo romp-ibm-bsd4.4
+	exit 0 ;;
+    ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*)            # covers RT/PC NetBSD and
+	echo romp-ibm-bsd${UNAME_RELEASE}   # 4.3 with uname added to 
+	exit 0 ;;                           # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3
+    *:BOSX:*:*)
+	echo rs6000-bull-bosx
+	exit 0 ;;
+    DPX/2?00:B.O.S.:*:*)
+	echo m68k-bull-sysv3
+	exit 0 ;;
+    9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:1.*:*)
+	echo m68k-hp-bsd
+	exit 0 ;;
+    hp300:4.4BSD:*:* | 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:2.*:*)
+	echo m68k-hp-bsd4.4
+	exit 0 ;;
+    9000/[3478]??:HP-UX:*:*)
+	case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
+	    9000/31? )            HP_ARCH=m68000 ;;
+	    9000/[34]?? )         HP_ARCH=m68k ;;
+	    9000/7?? | 9000/8?[679] ) HP_ARCH=hppa1.1 ;;
+	    9000/8?? )            HP_ARCH=hppa1.0 ;;
+	esac
+	HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
+	echo ${HP_ARCH}-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    3050*:HI-UX:*:*)
+	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >dummy.c
+	#include <unistd.h>
+	int
+	main ()
+	{
+	  long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
+	  /* The order matters, because CPU_IS_HP_MC68K erroneously returns
+	     true for CPU_PA_RISC1_0.  CPU_IS_PA_RISC returns correct
+	     results, however.  */
+	  if (CPU_IS_PA_RISC (cpu))
+	    {
+	      switch (cpu)
+		{
+		  case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+		  case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+		  case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: puts ("hppa2.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+		  default: puts ("hppa-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else if (CPU_IS_HP_MC68K (cpu))
+	    puts ("m68k-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
+	  else puts ("unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
+	  exit (0);
+	}
+EOF
+	${CC-cc} dummy.c -o dummy && ./dummy && rm dummy.c dummy && exit 0
+	rm -f dummy.c dummy
+	echo unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2
+	exit 0 ;;
+    9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:* )
+	echo hppa1.1-hp-bsd
+	exit 0 ;;
+    9000/8??:4.3bsd:*:*)
+	echo hppa1.0-hp-bsd
+	exit 0 ;;
+    hp7??:OSF1:*:* | hp8?[79]:OSF1:*:* )
+	echo hppa1.1-hp-osf
+	exit 0 ;;
+    hp8??:OSF1:*:*)
+	echo hppa1.0-hp-osf
+	exit 0 ;;
+    parisc*:Lites*:*:*)
+	echo hppa1.1-hp-lites
+	exit 0 ;;
+    C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*)
+	echo c1-convex-bsd
+        exit 0 ;;
+    C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*)
+	if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
+	then echo c32-convex-bsd
+	else echo c2-convex-bsd
+	fi
+        exit 0 ;;
+    C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*)
+	echo c34-convex-bsd
+        exit 0 ;;
+    C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*)
+	echo c38-convex-bsd
+        exit 0 ;;
+    C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*)
+	echo c4-convex-bsd
+        exit 0 ;;
+    CRAY*X-MP:*:*:*)
+	echo xmp-cray-unicos
+        exit 0 ;;
+    CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*)
+	echo ymp-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    CRAY*C90:*:*:*)
+	echo c90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    CRAY-2:*:*:*)
+	echo cray2-cray-unicos
+        exit 0 ;;
+    hp3[0-9][05]:NetBSD:*:*)
+	echo m68k-hp-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    i[34]86:BSD/386:*:* | *:BSD/OS:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:FreeBSD:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:NetBSD:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-netbsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'`
+	exit 0 ;;
+    i*:CYGWIN*:*)
+	echo i386-unknown-cygwin32
+	exit 0 ;;
+    p*:CYGWIN*:*)
+	echo powerpcle-unknown-cygwin32
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:GNU:*:*)
+	echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'`-unknown-gnu`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'`
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:Linux:*:*)
+	# The BFD linker knows what the default object file format is, so
+	# first see if it will tell us.
+	ld_help_string=`ld --help 2>&1`
+	if echo "$ld_help_string" | grep >/dev/null 2>&1 "supported emulations: elf_i[345]86"; then
+	  echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux" ; exit 0
+	elif echo "$ld_help_string" | grep >/dev/null 2>&1 "supported emulations: i[345]86linux"; then
+	  echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linuxaout" ; exit 0
+	elif echo "$ld_help_string" | grep >/dev/null 2>&1 "supported emulations: i[345]86coff"; then
+	  echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linuxcoff" ; exit 0
+	elif echo "$ld_help_string" | grep >/dev/null 2>&1 "supported emulations: m68kelf"; then
+	  echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux" ; exit 0
+	elif echo "$ld_help_string" | grep >/dev/null 2>&1 "supported emulations: m68klinux"; then
+	  echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linuxaout" ; exit 0
+	elif test "${UNAME_MACHINE}" = "alpha" ; then
+	  echo alpha-unknown-linux ; exit 0
+	else
+	  # Either a pre-BFD a.out linker (linuxoldld) or one that does not give us
+	  # useful --help.  Gcc wants to distinguish between linuxoldld and linuxaout.
+	  test ! -d /usr/lib/ldscripts/. \
+	    && echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linuxoldld" && exit 0
+	  # Determine whether the default compiler is a.out or elf
+	  cat >dummy.c <<EOF
+main(argc, argv)
+int argc;
+char *argv[];
+{
+#ifdef __ELF__
+  printf ("%s-unknown-linux\n", argv[1]);
+#else
+  printf ("%s-unknown-linuxaout\n", argv[1]);
+#endif
+  return 0;
+}
+EOF
+	  ${CC-cc} dummy.c -o dummy 2>/dev/null && ./dummy "${UNAME_MACHINE}" && rm dummy.c dummy && exit 0
+	  rm -f dummy.c dummy
+	fi ;;
+# ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there.  earlier versions
+# are messed up and put the nodename in both sysname and nodename.
+    i[34]86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*)
+	echo i386-sequent-sysv4
+	exit 0 ;;
+    i[34]86:*:4.*:* | i[34]86:SYSTEM_V:4.*:*)
+	if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
+		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-univel-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	else
+		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	fi
+	exit 0 ;;
+    i[34]86:*:3.2:*)
+	if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then
+		UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' </usr/options/cb.name`
+		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-isc$UNAME_REL
+	elif /bin/uname -X 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
+		UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|egrep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')`
+		(/bin/uname -X|egrep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486
+		(/bin/uname -X|egrep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) \
+			&& UNAME_MACHINE=i586
+		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-sco$UNAME_REL
+	else
+		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-sysv32
+	fi
+	exit 0 ;;
+    Intel:Mach:3*:*)
+	echo i386-unknown-mach3
+	exit 0 ;;
+    paragon:*:*:*)
+	echo i860-intel-osf1
+	exit 0 ;;
+    i860:*:4.*:*) # i860-SVR4
+	if grep Stardent /usr/include/sys/uadmin.h >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+	  echo i860-stardent-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Stardent Vistra i860-SVR4
+	else # Add other i860-SVR4 vendors below as they are discovered.
+	  echo i860-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}  # Unknown i860-SVR4
+	fi
+	exit 0 ;;
+    mini*:CTIX:SYS*5:*)
+	# "miniframe"
+	echo m68010-convergent-sysv
+	exit 0 ;;
+    M680[234]0:*:R3V[567]*:*)
+	test -r /sysV68 && echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv' && exit 0 ;;
+    3[34]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0)
+        uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
+          && echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3 && exit 0 ;;
+    3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*)
+        uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
+          && echo i486-ncr-sysv4 && exit 0 ;;
+    m680[234]0:LynxOS:2.[23]*:*)
+	echo m68k-lynx-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
+	echo m68k-atari-sysv4
+	exit 0 ;;
+    i[34]86:LynxOS:2.[23]*:*)
+	echo i386-lynx-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.[23]*:*)
+	echo sparc-lynx-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    rs6000:LynxOS:2.[23]*:*)
+	echo rs6000-lynx-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    RM*:SINIX-*:*:*)
+	echo mips-sni-sysv4
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:SINIX-*:*:*)
+	if uname -p 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
+		UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
+		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-sni-sysv4
+	else
+		echo ns32k-sni-sysv
+	fi
+	exit 0 ;;
+    mc68*:A/UX:*:*)
+	echo m68k-apple-aux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    R3000:*System_V*:*:*)
+	if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then
+	        echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	else
+	        echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	fi
+        exit 0 ;;
+esac
+
+#echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2
+#echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" 1>&2
+
+cat >dummy.c <<EOF
+#ifdef _SEQUENT_
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# include <sys/utsname.h>
+#endif
+main ()
+{
+#if defined (sony)
+#if defined (MIPSEB)
+  /* BFD wants "bsd" instead of "newsos".  Perhaps BFD should be changed,
+     I don't know....  */
+  printf ("mips-sony-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#else
+#include <sys/param.h>
+  printf ("m68k-sony-newsos%s\n",
+#ifdef NEWSOS4
+          "4"
+#else
+	  ""
+#endif
+         ); exit (0);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__arm) && defined (__acorn) && defined (__unix)
+  printf ("arm-acorn-riscix"); exit (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (hp300) && !defined (hpux)
+  printf ("m68k-hp-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (NeXT)
+#if !defined (__ARCHITECTURE__)
+#define __ARCHITECTURE__ "m68k"
+#endif
+  int version;
+  version=`(hostinfo | sed -n 's/.*NeXT Mach \([0-9]*\).*/\1/p') 2>/dev/null`;
+  printf ("%s-next-nextstep%s\n", __ARCHITECTURE__,  version==2 ? "2" : "3");
+  exit (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (MULTIMAX) || defined (n16)
+#if defined (UMAXV)
+  printf ("ns32k-encore-sysv\n"); exit (0);
+#else
+#if defined (CMU)
+  printf ("ns32k-encore-mach\n"); exit (0);
+#else
+  printf ("ns32k-encore-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__386BSD__)
+  printf ("i386-unknown-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (sequent)
+#if defined (i386)
+  printf ("i386-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+#if defined (ns32000)
+  printf ("ns32k-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (_SEQUENT_)
+    struct utsname un;
+
+    uname(&un);
+
+    if (strncmp(un.version, "V2", 2) == 0) {
+	printf ("i386-sequent-ptx2\n"); exit (0);
+    }
+    if (strncmp(un.version, "V1", 2) == 0) { /* XXX is V1 correct? */
+	printf ("i386-sequent-ptx1\n"); exit (0);
+    }
+    printf ("i386-sequent-ptx\n"); exit (0);
+
+#endif
+
+#if defined (vax)
+#if !defined (ultrix)
+  printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#else
+  printf ("vax-dec-ultrix\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (alliant) && defined (i860)
+  printf ("i860-alliant-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+
+  exit (1);
+}
+EOF
+
+${CC-cc} dummy.c -o dummy 2>/dev/null && ./dummy && rm dummy.c dummy && exit 0
+rm -f dummy.c dummy
+
+# Apollos put the system type in the environment.
+
+test -d /usr/apollo && { echo ${ISP}-apollo-${SYSTYPE}; exit 0; }
+
+# Convex versions that predate uname can use getsysinfo(1)
+
+if [ -x /usr/convex/getsysinfo ]
+then
+    case `getsysinfo -f cpu_type` in
+    c1*)
+	echo c1-convex-bsd
+	exit 0 ;;
+    c2*)
+	if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
+	then echo c32-convex-bsd
+	else echo c2-convex-bsd
+	fi
+	exit 0 ;;
+    c34*)
+	echo c34-convex-bsd
+	exit 0 ;;
+    c38*)
+	echo c38-convex-bsd
+	exit 0 ;;
+    c4*)
+	echo c4-convex-bsd
+	exit 0 ;;
+    esac
+fi
+
+#echo '(Unable to guess system type)' 1>&2
+
+exit 1

config.sub

@@ -0,0 +1,927 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Configuration validation subroutine script, version 1.1.
+#   Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software.
+# The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software
+# can handle that machine.  It does not imply ALL GNU software can.
+#
+# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+# Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type.
+# Supply the specified configuration type as an argument.
+# If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1.
+# Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed.
+
+# This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages
+# and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases
+# that are meaningful with *any* GNU software.
+# Each package is responsible for reporting which valid configurations
+# it does not support.  The user should be able to distinguish
+# a failure to support a valid configuration from a meaningless
+# configuration.
+
+# The goal of this file is to map all the various variations of a given
+# machine specification into a single specification in the form:
+#	CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# or in some cases, the newer four-part form:
+#	CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# It is wrong to echo any other type of specification.
+
+if [ x$1 = x ]
+then
+	echo Configuration name missing. 1>&2
+	echo "Usage: $0 CPU-MFR-OPSYS" 1>&2
+	echo "or     $0 ALIAS" 1>&2
+	echo where ALIAS is a recognized configuration type. 1>&2
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+# First pass through any local machine types.
+case $1 in
+	*local*)
+		echo $1
+		exit 0
+		;;
+	*)
+	;;
+esac
+
+# Separate what the user gave into CPU-COMPANY and OS or KERNEL-OS (if any).
+# Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations.
+maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'`
+case $maybe_os in
+  linux-gnu*)
+    os=-$maybe_os
+    basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'`
+    ;;
+  *)
+    basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/-[^-]*$//'`
+    if [ $basic_machine != $1 ]
+    then os=`echo $1 | sed 's/.*-/-/'`
+    else os=; fi
+    ;;
+esac
+
+### Let's recognize common machines as not being operating systems so
+### that things like config.sub decstation-3100 work.  We also
+### recognize some manufacturers as not being operating systems, so we
+### can provide default operating systems below.
+case $os in
+	-sun*os*)
+		# Prevent following clause from handling this invalid input.
+		;;
+	-dec* | -mips* | -sequent* | -encore* | -pc532* | -sgi* | -sony* | \
+	-att* | -7300* | -3300* | -delta* | -motorola* | -sun[234]* | \
+	-unicom* | -ibm* | -next | -hp | -isi* | -apollo | -altos* | \
+	-convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\
+	-c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \
+	-harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \
+	-apple)
+		os=
+		basic_machine=$1
+		;;
+	-hiux*)
+		os=-hiuxwe2
+		;;
+	-sco5)
+		os=sco3.2v5
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-sco4)
+		os=-sco3.2v4
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-sco3.2.[4-9]*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/sco3.2./sco3.2v/'`
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-sco3.2v[4-9]*)
+		# Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer.
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-sco*)
+		os=-sco3.2v2
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-isc)
+		os=-isc2.2
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-clix*)
+		basic_machine=clipper-intergraph
+		;;
+	-isc*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-lynx*)
+		os=-lynxos
+		;;
+	-ptx*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-sequent/'`
+		;;
+	-windowsnt*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/windowsnt/winnt/'`
+		;;
+	-psos*)
+		os=-psos
+		;;
+esac
+
+# Decode aliases for certain CPU-COMPANY combinations.
+case $basic_machine in
+	# Recognize the basic CPU types without company name.
+	# Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below.
+	tahoe | i860 | m68k | m68000 | m88k | ns32k | arm \
+		| arme[lb] | pyramid \
+		| tron | a29k | 580 | i960 | h8300 | hppa | hppa1.0 | hppa1.1 \
+		| alpha | we32k | ns16k | clipper | i370 | sh \
+		| powerpc | powerpcle | 1750a | dsp16xx | mips64 | mipsel \
+		| pdp11 | mips64el | mips64orion | mips64orionel \
+		| sparc | sparclet | sparclite | sparc64)
+		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
+		;;
+	# We use `pc' rather than `unknown'
+	# because (1) that's what they normally are, and
+	# (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users.
+	i[3456]86)
+	  basic_machine=$basic_machine-pc
+	  ;;
+	# Object if more than one company name word.
+	*-*-*)
+		echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2
+		exit 1
+		;;
+	# Recognize the basic CPU types with company name.
+	vax-* | tahoe-* | i[3456]86-* | i860-* | m68k-* | m68000-* | m88k-* \
+	      | sparc-* | ns32k-* | fx80-* | arm-* | c[123]* \
+	      | mips-* | pyramid-* | tron-* | a29k-* | romp-* | rs6000-* | power-* \
+	      | none-* | 580-* | cray2-* | h8300-* | i960-* | xmp-* | ymp-* \
+	      | hppa-* | hppa1.0-* | hppa1.1-* | alpha-* | we32k-* | cydra-* | ns16k-* \
+	      | pn-* | np1-* | xps100-* | clipper-* | orion-* | sparclite-* \
+	      | pdp11-* | sh-* | powerpc-* | powerpcle-* | sparc64-* | mips64-* | mipsel-* \
+	      | mips64el-* | mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* | f301-*)
+		;;
+	# Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand
+	# for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS.
+	3b1 | 7300 | 7300-att | att-7300 | pc7300 | safari | unixpc)
+		basic_machine=m68000-att
+		;;
+	3b*)
+		basic_machine=we32k-att
+		;;
+	alliant | fx80)
+		basic_machine=fx80-alliant
+		;;
+	altos | altos3068)
+		basic_machine=m68k-altos
+		;;
+	am29k)
+		basic_machine=a29k-none
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	amdahl)
+		basic_machine=580-amdahl
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	amiga | amiga-*)
+		basic_machine=m68k-cbm
+		;;
+	amigados)
+		basic_machine=m68k-cbm
+		os=-amigados
+		;;
+	amigaunix | amix)
+		basic_machine=m68k-cbm
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	apollo68)
+		basic_machine=m68k-apollo
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	aux)
+		basic_machine=m68k-apple
+		os=-aux
+		;;
+	balance)
+		basic_machine=ns32k-sequent
+		os=-dynix
+		;;
+	convex-c1)
+		basic_machine=c1-convex
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	convex-c2)
+		basic_machine=c2-convex
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	convex-c32)
+		basic_machine=c32-convex
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	convex-c34)
+		basic_machine=c34-convex
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	convex-c38)
+		basic_machine=c38-convex
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	cray | ymp)
+		basic_machine=ymp-cray
+		os=-unicos
+		;;
+	cray2)
+		basic_machine=cray2-cray
+		os=-unicos
+		;;
+	[ctj]90-cray)
+		basic_machine=c90-cray
+		os=-unicos
+		;;
+	crds | unos)
+		basic_machine=m68k-crds
+		;;
+	da30 | da30-*)
+		basic_machine=m68k-da30
+		;;
+	decstation | decstation-3100 | pmax | pmax-* | pmin | dec3100 | decstatn)
+		basic_machine=mips-dec
+		;;
+	delta | 3300 | motorola-3300 | motorola-delta \
+	      | 3300-motorola | delta-motorola)
+		basic_machine=m68k-motorola
+		;;
+	delta88)
+		basic_machine=m88k-motorola
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	dpx20 | dpx20-*)
+		basic_machine=rs6000-bull
+		os=-bosx
+		;;
+	dpx2* | dpx2*-bull)
+		basic_machine=m68k-bull
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	ebmon29k)
+		basic_machine=a29k-amd
+		os=-ebmon
+		;;
+	elxsi)
+		basic_machine=elxsi-elxsi
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	encore | umax | mmax)
+		basic_machine=ns32k-encore
+		;;
+	fx2800)
+		basic_machine=i860-alliant
+		;;
+	genix)
+		basic_machine=ns32k-ns
+		;;
+	gmicro)
+		basic_machine=tron-gmicro
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	h3050r* | hiux*)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi
+		os=-hiuxwe2
+		;;
+	h8300hms)
+		basic_machine=h8300-hitachi
+		os=-hms
+		;;
+	harris)
+		basic_machine=m88k-harris
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	hp300-*)
+		basic_machine=m68k-hp
+		;;
+	hp300bsd)
+		basic_machine=m68k-hp
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	hp300hpux)
+		basic_machine=m68k-hp
+		os=-hpux
+		;;
+	hp9k2[0-9][0-9] | hp9k31[0-9])
+		basic_machine=m68000-hp
+		;;
+	hp9k3[2-9][0-9])
+		basic_machine=m68k-hp
+		;;
+	hp9k7[0-9][0-9] | hp7[0-9][0-9] | hp9k8[0-9]7 | hp8[0-9]7)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+		;;
+	hp9k8[0-9][0-9] | hp8[0-9][0-9])
+		basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
+		;;
+	hppa-next)
+		os=-nextstep3
+		;;
+	i370-ibm* | ibm*)
+		basic_machine=i370-ibm
+		os=-mvs
+		;;
+# I'm not sure what "Sysv32" means.  Should this be sysv3.2?
+	i[3456]86v32)
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
+		os=-sysv32
+		;;
+	i[3456]86v4*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	i[3456]86v)
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	i[3456]86sol2)
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
+		os=-solaris2
+		;;
+	iris | iris4d)
+		basic_machine=mips-sgi
+		case $os in
+		    -irix*)
+			;;
+		    *)
+			os=-irix4
+			;;
+		esac
+		;;
+	isi68 | isi)
+		basic_machine=m68k-isi
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	m88k-omron*)
+		basic_machine=m88k-omron
+		;;
+	magnum | m3230)
+		basic_machine=mips-mips
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	merlin)
+		basic_machine=ns32k-utek
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	miniframe)
+		basic_machine=m68000-convergent
+		;;
+	mips3*-*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`
+		;;
+	mips3*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`-unknown
+		;;
+	ncr3000)
+		basic_machine=i486-ncr
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	news | news700 | news800 | news900)
+		basic_machine=m68k-sony
+		os=-newsos
+		;;
+	news1000)
+		basic_machine=m68030-sony
+		os=-newsos
+		;;
+	news-3600 | risc-news)
+		basic_machine=mips-sony
+		os=-newsos
+		;;
+	next | m*-next )
+		basic_machine=m68k-next
+		case $os in
+		    -nextstep* )
+			;;
+		    -ns2*)
+		      os=-nextstep2
+			;;
+		    *)
+		      os=-nextstep3
+			;;
+		esac
+		;;
+	nh3000)
+		basic_machine=m68k-harris
+		os=-cxux
+		;;
+	nh[45]000)
+		basic_machine=m88k-harris
+		os=-cxux
+		;;
+	nindy960)
+		basic_machine=i960-intel
+		os=-nindy
+		;;
+	np1)
+		basic_machine=np1-gould
+		;;
+	pa-hitachi)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi
+		os=-hiuxwe2
+		;;
+	paragon)
+		basic_machine=i860-intel
+		os=-osf
+		;;
+	pbd)
+		basic_machine=sparc-tti
+		;;
+	pbb)
+		basic_machine=m68k-tti
+		;;
+        pc532 | pc532-*)
+		basic_machine=ns32k-pc532
+		;;
+	pentium | p5)
+		basic_machine=i586-intel
+		;;
+	pentiumpro | p6)
+		basic_machine=i686-intel
+		;;
+	pentium-* | p5-*)
+		basic_machine=i586-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	pentiumpro-* | p6-*)
+		basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	k5)
+		# We don't have specific support for AMD's K5 yet, so just call it a Pentium
+		basic_machine=i586-amd
+		;;
+	nexen)
+		# We don't have specific support for Nexgen yet, so just call it a Pentium
+		basic_machine=i586-nexgen
+		;;
+	pn)
+		basic_machine=pn-gould
+		;;
+	power)	basic_machine=rs6000-ibm
+		;;
+	ppc)	basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
+	        ;;
+	ppc-*)	basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	ppcle | powerpclittle | ppc-le | powerpc-little)
+		basic_machine=powerpcle-unknown
+	        ;;
+	ppcle-* | powerpclittle-*)
+		basic_machine=powerpcle-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	ps2)
+		basic_machine=i386-ibm
+		;;
+	rm[46]00)
+		basic_machine=mips-siemens
+		;;
+	rtpc | rtpc-*)
+		basic_machine=romp-ibm
+		;;
+	sequent)
+		basic_machine=i386-sequent
+		;;
+	sh)
+		basic_machine=sh-hitachi
+		os=-hms
+		;;
+	sps7)
+		basic_machine=m68k-bull
+		os=-sysv2
+		;;
+	spur)
+		basic_machine=spur-unknown
+		;;
+	sun2)
+		basic_machine=m68000-sun
+		;;
+	sun2os3)
+		basic_machine=m68000-sun
+		os=-sunos3
+		;;
+	sun2os4)
+		basic_machine=m68000-sun
+		os=-sunos4
+		;;
+	sun3os3)
+		basic_machine=m68k-sun
+		os=-sunos3
+		;;
+	sun3os4)
+		basic_machine=m68k-sun
+		os=-sunos4
+		;;
+	sun4os3)
+		basic_machine=sparc-sun
+		os=-sunos3
+		;;
+	sun4os4)
+		basic_machine=sparc-sun
+		os=-sunos4
+		;;
+	sun4sol2)
+		basic_machine=sparc-sun
+		os=-solaris2
+		;;
+	sun3 | sun3-*)
+		basic_machine=m68k-sun
+		;;
+	sun4)
+		basic_machine=sparc-sun
+		;;
+	sun386 | sun386i | roadrunner)
+		basic_machine=i386-sun
+		;;
+	symmetry)
+		basic_machine=i386-sequent
+		os=-dynix
+		;;
+	tower | tower-32)
+		basic_machine=m68k-ncr
+		;;
+	udi29k)
+		basic_machine=a29k-amd
+		os=-udi
+		;;
+	ultra3)
+		basic_machine=a29k-nyu
+		os=-sym1
+		;;
+	vaxv)
+		basic_machine=vax-dec
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	vms)
+		basic_machine=vax-dec
+		os=-vms
+		;;
+       vpp*|vx|vx-*)
+               basic_machine=f301-fujitsu
+               ;;
+	vxworks960)
+		basic_machine=i960-wrs
+		os=-vxworks
+		;;
+	vxworks68)
+		basic_machine=m68k-wrs
+		os=-vxworks
+		;;
+	vxworks29k)
+		basic_machine=a29k-wrs
+		os=-vxworks
+		;;
+	xmp)
+		basic_machine=xmp-cray
+		os=-unicos
+		;;
+        xps | xps100)
+		basic_machine=xps100-honeywell
+		;;
+	none)
+		basic_machine=none-none
+		os=-none
+		;;
+
+# Here we handle the default manufacturer of certain CPU types.  It is in
+# some cases the only manufacturer, in others, it is the most popular.
+	mips)
+		basic_machine=mips-mips
+		;;
+	romp)
+		basic_machine=romp-ibm
+		;;
+	rs6000)
+		basic_machine=rs6000-ibm
+		;;
+	vax)
+		basic_machine=vax-dec
+		;;
+	pdp11)
+		basic_machine=pdp11-dec
+		;;
+	we32k)
+		basic_machine=we32k-att
+		;;
+	sparc)
+		basic_machine=sparc-sun
+		;;
+        cydra)
+		basic_machine=cydra-cydrome
+		;;
+	orion)
+		basic_machine=orion-highlevel
+		;;
+	orion105)
+		basic_machine=clipper-highlevel
+		;;
+	*)
+		echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2
+		exit 1
+		;;
+esac
+
+# Here we canonicalize certain aliases for manufacturers.
+case $basic_machine in
+	*-digital*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/digital.*/dec/'`
+		;;
+	*-commodore*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/commodore.*/cbm/'`
+		;;
+	*)
+		;;
+esac
+
+# Decode manufacturer-specific aliases for certain operating systems.
+
+if [ x"$os" != x"" ]
+then
+case $os in
+        # First match some system type aliases
+        # that might get confused with valid system types.
+	# -solaris* is a basic system type, with this one exception.
+	-solaris1 | -solaris1.*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|solaris1|sunos4|'`
+		;;
+	-solaris)
+		os=-solaris2
+		;;
+	-unixware* | svr4*)
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	-gnu/linux*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|gnu/linux|linux-gnu|'`
+		;;
+	# First accept the basic system types.
+	# The portable systems comes first.
+	# Each alternative MUST END IN A *, to match a version number.
+	# -sysv* is not here because it comes later, after sysvr4.
+	-gnu* | -bsd* | -mach* | -minix* | -genix* | -ultrix* | -irix* \
+	      | -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\
+	      | -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -solaris* | -sym* \
+	      | -amigados* | -msdos* | -newsos* | -unicos* | -aof* | -aos* \
+	      | -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \
+	      | -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \
+	      | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -netbsd* | -openbsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* \
+	      | -lynxos* | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* \
+	      | -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \
+	      | -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \
+	      | -cygwin32* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \
+	      | -linux-gnu* | -uxpv*)
+	# Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number.
+		;;
+	-linux*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|linux|linux-gnu|'`
+		;;
+	-sunos5*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos5|solaris2|'`
+		;;
+	-sunos6*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos6|solaris3|'`
+		;;
+	-osfrose*)
+		os=-osfrose
+		;;
+	-osf*)
+		os=-osf
+		;;
+	-utek*)
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	-dynix*)
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	-acis*)
+		os=-aos
+		;;
+	-ctix* | -uts*)
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	-ns2 )
+	        os=-nextstep2
+		;;
+	# Preserve the version number of sinix5.
+	-sinix5.*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sinix|sysv|'`
+		;;
+	-sinix*)
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	-triton*)
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	-oss*)
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	-svr4)
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	-svr3)
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	-sysvr4)
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	# This must come after -sysvr4.
+	-sysv*)
+		;;
+	-xenix)
+		os=-xenix
+		;;
+	-none)
+		;;
+	*)
+		# Get rid of the `-' at the beginning of $os.
+		os=`echo $os | sed 's/[^-]*-//'`
+		echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': system \`$os\' not recognized 1>&2
+		exit 1
+		;;
+esac
+else
+
+# Here we handle the default operating systems that come with various machines.
+# The value should be what the vendor currently ships out the door with their
+# machine or put another way, the most popular os provided with the machine.
+
+# Note that if you're going to try to match "-MANUFACTURER" here (say,
+# "-sun"), then you have to tell the case statement up towards the top
+# that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating system.  Otherwise, code above
+# will signal an error saying that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating
+# system, and we'll never get to this point.
+
+case $basic_machine in
+	*-acorn)
+		os=-riscix1.2
+		;;
+	arm*-semi)
+		os=-aout
+		;;
+        pdp11-*)
+		os=-none
+		;;
+	*-dec | vax-*)
+		os=-ultrix4.2
+		;;
+	m68*-apollo)
+		os=-domain
+		;;
+	i386-sun)
+		os=-sunos4.0.2
+		;;
+	m68000-sun)
+		os=-sunos3
+		# This also exists in the configure program, but was not the
+		# default.
+		# os=-sunos4
+		;;
+	*-tti)	# must be before sparc entry or we get the wrong os.
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	sparc-* | *-sun)
+		os=-sunos4.1.1
+		;;
+	*-ibm)
+		os=-aix
+		;;
+	*-hp)
+		os=-hpux
+		;;
+	*-hitachi)
+		os=-hiux
+		;;
+	i860-* | *-att | *-ncr | *-altos | *-motorola | *-convergent)
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	*-cbm)
+		os=-amigados
+		;;
+	*-dg)
+		os=-dgux
+		;;
+	*-dolphin)
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	m68k-ccur)
+		os=-rtu
+		;;
+	m88k-omron*)
+		os=-luna
+		;;
+	*-next )
+		os=-nextstep
+		;;
+	*-sequent)
+		os=-ptx
+		;;
+	*-crds)
+		os=-unos
+		;;
+	*-ns)
+		os=-genix
+		;;
+	i370-*)
+		os=-mvs
+		;;
+	*-next)
+		os=-nextstep3
+		;;
+        *-gould)
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+        *-highlevel)
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	*-encore)
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+        *-sgi)
+		os=-irix
+		;;
+        *-siemens)
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	*-masscomp)
+		os=-rtu
+		;;
+	f301-fujitsu)
+		os=-uxpv
+		;;
+	*)
+		os=-none
+		;;
+esac
+fi
+
+# Here we handle the case where we know the os, and the CPU type, but not the
+# manufacturer.  We pick the logical manufacturer.
+vendor=unknown
+case $basic_machine in
+	*-unknown)
+		case $os in
+			-riscix*)
+				vendor=acorn
+				;;
+			-sunos*)
+				vendor=sun
+				;;
+			-aix*)
+				vendor=ibm
+				;;
+			-hpux*)
+				vendor=hp
+				;;
+			-hiux*)
+				vendor=hitachi
+				;;
+			-unos*)
+				vendor=crds
+				;;
+			-dgux*)
+				vendor=dg
+				;;
+			-luna*)
+				vendor=omron
+				;;
+			-genix*)
+				vendor=ns
+				;;
+			-mvs*)
+				vendor=ibm
+				;;
+			-ptx*)
+				vendor=sequent
+				;;
+			-vxsim* | -vxworks*)
+				vendor=wrs
+				;;
+			-aux*)
+				vendor=apple
+				;;
+		esac
+		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed "s/unknown/$vendor/"`
+		;;
+esac
+
+echo $basic_machine$os

contrib/src/xrc/xh_html.cpp

@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        xh_html.cpp
-// Purpose:     XRC resource for wxHtmlWindow
-// Author:      Bob Mitchell
-// Created:     2000/03/21
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Bob Mitchell and Verant Interactive
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
- 
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-#pragma implementation "xh_html.h"
-#endif
-
-// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h".
-#include "wx/wxprec.h"
-
-#ifdef __BORLANDC__
-    #pragma hdrstop
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_html.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_HTML
-
-#include "wx/html/htmlwin.h"
-#include "wx/filesys.h"
-
-
-wxHtmlWindowXmlHandler::wxHtmlWindowXmlHandler() 
-: wxXmlResourceHandler() 
-{
-    XRC_ADD_STYLE(wxHW_SCROLLBAR_NEVER);
-    XRC_ADD_STYLE(wxHW_SCROLLBAR_AUTO);
-    AddWindowStyles();
-}
-
-wxObject *wxHtmlWindowXmlHandler::DoCreateResource()
-{
-    XRC_MAKE_INSTANCE(control, wxHtmlWindow)
-
-    control->Create(m_parentAsWindow,
-                    GetID(),
-                    GetPosition(), GetSize(),
-                    GetStyle(wxT("style"), wxHW_SCROLLBAR_AUTO),
-                    GetName());
-
-    if (HasParam(wxT("borders")))
-    {
-        control->SetBorders(GetDimension(wxT("borders")));
-    }
-
-    if (HasParam(wxT("url")))
-    {
-        wxString url = GetParamValue(wxT("url"));
-        wxFileSystem& fsys = GetCurFileSystem();
-        
-        wxFSFile *f = fsys.OpenFile(url);
-        if (f)
-        {
-            control->LoadPage(f->GetLocation());
-            delete f;
-        }
-        else
-            control->LoadPage(url);
-    }
-    
-    else if (HasParam(wxT("htmlcode")))
-    {
-        control->SetPage(GetText(wxT("htmlcode")));
-    }
-
-    SetupWindow(control);
-    
-    return control;
-}
-
-bool wxHtmlWindowXmlHandler::CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node)
-{
-    return IsOfClass(node, wxT("wxHtmlWindow"));
-}
-
-#endif // wxUSE_HTML

docs/latex/wx/htcell.tex

@@ -1,262 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% htmlcell.tex at 21/Mar/99 22:45:23
-%
-
-\section{\class{wxHtmlCell}}\label{wxhtmlcell}
-
-Internal data structure. It represents fragments of parsed HTML
-page, the so-called {\bf cell} - a word, picture, table, horizontal line and so on.
-It is used by \helpref{wxHtmlWindow}{wxhtmlwindow} and 
-\helpref{wxHtmlWinParser}{wxhtmlwinparser} to represent HTML page in memory.
-
-You can divide cells into two groups : {\it visible} cells with non-zero width and
-height and {\it helper} cells (usually with zero width and height) that
-perform special actions such as color or font change.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{Include files}
-
-<wx/html/htmlcell.h>
-
-\wxheading{See Also}
-
-\helpref{Cells Overview}{cells},
-\helpref{wxHtmlContainerCell}{wxhtmlcontainercell}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlCell::wxHtmlCell}\label{wxhtmlcellwxhtmlcell}
-
-\func{}{wxHtmlCell}{\void}
-
-Constructor.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlCell::AdjustPagebreak}\label{wxhtmlcelladjustpagebreak}
-
-\func{virtual bool}{AdjustPagebreak}{\param{int * }{pagebreak}}
-
-This method is used to adjust pagebreak position. The parameter is
-variable that contains y-coordinate of page break (= horizontal line that
-should not be crossed by words, images etc.). If this cell cannot be divided
-into two pieces (each one on another page) then it moves the pagebreak
-few pixels up.
-
-Returns true if pagebreak was modified, false otherwise
-
-Usage: 
-\begin{verbatim}
-while (container->AdjustPagebreak(&p)) {}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlCell::Draw}\label{wxhtmlcelldraw}
-
-\func{virtual void}{Draw}{\param{wxDC\& }{dc}, \param{int }{x}, \param{int }{y}, \param{int }{view\_y1}, \param{int }{view\_y2}}
-
-Renders the cell.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{dc}{Device context to which the cell is to be drawn}
-
-\docparam{x,y}{Coordinates of parent's upper left corner (origin). You must
-add this to m\_PosX,m\_PosY when passing coordinates to dc's methods
-Example : {\tt dc -> DrawText("hello", x + m\_PosX, y + m\_PosY)}}
-
-\docparam{view\_y1}{y-coord of the first line visible in window. This is
-used to optimize rendering speed}
-
-\docparam{view\_y2}{y-coord of the last line visible in window. This is
-used to optimize rendering speed}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlCell::DrawInvisible}\label{wxhtmlcelldrawinvisible}
-
-\func{virtual void}{DrawInvisible}{\param{wxDC\& }{dc}, \param{int }{x}, \param{int }{y}}
-
-This method is called instead of \helpref{Draw}{wxhtmlcelldraw} when the
-cell is certainly out of the screen (and thus invisible). This is not
-nonsense - some tags (like \helpref{wxHtmlColourCell}{wxhtmlcolourcell}
-or font setter) must be drawn even if they are invisible!
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{dc}{Device context to which the cell is to be drawn}
-
-\docparam{x,y}{Coordinates of parent's upper left corner. You must
-add this to m\_PosX,m\_PosY when passing coordinates to dc's methods
-Example : {\tt dc -> DrawText("hello", x + m\_PosX, y + m\_PosY)}}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlCell::Find}\label{wxhtmlcellfind}
-
-\func{virtual const wxHtmlCell*}{Find}{\param{int }{condition}, \param{const void* }{param}}
-
-Returns pointer to itself if this cell matches condition (or if any of the cells
-following in the list matches), NULL otherwise.
-(In other words if you call top-level container's Find it will
-return pointer to the first cell that matches the condition)
-
-It is recommended way how to obtain pointer to particular cell or
-to cell of some type (e.g. wxHtmlAnchorCell reacts on
-wxHTML\_COND\_ISANCHOR condition)
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{condition}{Unique integer identifier of condition}
-
-\docparam{param}{Optional parameters}
-
-\wxheading{Defined conditions}
-
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxHTML\_COND\_ISANCHOR}}{Finds particular anchor. 
-{\it param} is pointer to wxString with name of the anchor.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxHTML\_COND\_USER}}{User-defined conditions start
-from this number.}
-\end{twocollist}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlCell::GetDescent}\label{wxhtmlcellgetdescent}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetDescent}{\void}
-
-Returns descent value of the cell (m\_Descent member). 
-\helponly{See explanation:
-
-\image{}{descent.bmp}
-}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlCell::GetHeight}\label{wxhtmlcellgetheight}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetHeight}{\void}
-
-Returns height of the cell (m\_Height member).
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlCell::GetId}\label{wxhtmlcellgetid}
-
-\constfunc{virtual wxString}{GetId}{\void}
-
-Returns unique cell identifier if there is any, empty string otherwise.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlCell::GetLink}\label{wxhtmlcellgetlink}
-
-\constfunc{virtual wxHtmlLinkInfo*}{GetLink}{\param{int }{x = 0}, \param{int }{y = 0}}
-
-Returns hypertext link if associated with this cell or NULL otherwise.
-See \helpref{wxHtmlLinkInfo}{wxhtmllinkinfo}.
-(Note: this makes sense only for visible tags).
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{x,y}{Coordinates of position where the user pressed mouse button.
-These coordinates are used e.g. by COLORMAP. Values are relative to the
-upper left corner of THIS cell (i.e. from 0 to m\_Width or m\_Height)}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlCell::GetNext}\label{wxhtmlcellgetnext}
-
-\constfunc{wxHtmlCell*}{GetNext}{\void}
-
-Returns pointer to the next cell in list (see htmlcell.h if you're
-interested in details).
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlCell::GetParent}\label{wxhtmlcellgetparent}
-
-\constfunc{wxHtmlContainerCell*}{GetParent}{\void}
-
-Returns pointer to parent container.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlCell::GetPosX}\label{wxhtmlcellgetposx}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetPosX}{\void}
-
-Returns X position within parent (the value is relative to parent's
-upper left corner). The returned value is meaningful only if
-parent's \helpref{Layout}{wxhtmlcelllayout} was called before!
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlCell::GetPosY}\label{wxhtmlcellgetposy}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetPosY}{\void}
-
-Returns Y position within parent (the value is relative to parent's
-upper left corner). The returned value is meaningful only if
-parent's \helpref{Layout}{wxhtmlcelllayout} was called before!
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlCell::GetWidth}\label{wxhtmlcellgetwidth}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetWidth}{\void}
-
-Returns width of the cell (m\_Width member).
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlCell::Layout}\label{wxhtmlcelllayout}
-
-\func{virtual void}{Layout}{\param{int }{w}}
-
-This method performs two actions:
-
-\begin{enumerate}\itemsep=0pt
-\item adjusts the cell's width according to the fact that maximal possible width is {\it w}.
-(this has sense when working with horizontal lines, tables etc.)
-\item prepares layout (=fill-in m\_PosX, m\_PosY (and sometimes m\_Height) members)
-based on actual width {\it w}
-\end{enumerate}
-
-It must be called before displaying cells structure because
-m\_PosX and m\_PosY are undefined (or invalid)
-before calling Layout.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlCell::OnMouseClick}\label{wxhtmlcellonmouseclick}
-
-\func{virtual void}{OnMouseClick}{\param{wxWindow* }{parent}, \param{int}{x}, \param{int }{y}, \param{const wxMouseEvent\& }{event}}
-
-This function is simple event handler. Each time the user clicks mouse button over a cell
-within \helpref{wxHtmlWindow}{wxhtmlwindow} this method of that cell is called. Default behavior is
-that it calls \helpref{wxHtmlWindow::LoadPage}{wxhtmlwindowloadpage}.
-
-\wxheading{Note}
-
-If you need more "advanced" event handling
-you should use wxHtmlBinderCell instead.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{parent}{parent window (always wxHtmlWindow!)}
-
-\docparam{x, y}{coordinates of mouse click (this is relative to cell's origin}
-
-\docparam{left, middle, right}{boolean flags for mouse buttons. true if the left/middle/right
-button is pressed, false otherwise}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlCell::SetId}\label{wxhtmlcellsetid}
-
-\func{void}{SetId}{\param{const wxString\& }{id}}
-
-Sets unique cell identifier. Default value is no identifier, i.e. empty string.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlCell::SetLink}\label{wxhtmlcellsetlink}
-
-\func{void}{SetLink}{\param{const wxHtmlLinkInfo\& }{link}}
-
-Sets the hypertext link associated with this cell. (Default value
-is \helpref{wxHtmlLinkInfo}{wxhtmllinkinfo}("", "") (no link))
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlCell::SetNext}\label{wxhtmlcellsetnext}
-
-\func{void}{SetNext}{\param{wxHtmlCell }{*cell}}
-
-Sets the next cell in the list. This shouldn't be called by user - it is
-to be used only by \helpref{wxHtmlContainerCell::InsertCell}{wxhtmlcontainercellinsertcell}.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlCell::SetParent}\label{wxhtmlcellsetparent}
-
-\func{void}{SetParent}{\param{wxHtmlContainerCell }{*p}}
-
-Sets parent container of this cell. This is called from
-\helpref{wxHtmlContainerCell::InsertCell}{wxhtmlcontainercellinsertcell}.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlCell::SetPos}\label{wxhtmlcellsetpos}
-
-\func{void}{SetPos}{\param{int }{x}, \param{int }{y}}
-
-Sets the cell's position within parent container.
-

docs/latex/wx/htcolor.tex

@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% htmlcolourcell.tex at 14/Mar/99 20:13:37
-%
-
-\section{\class{wxHtmlColourCell}}\label{wxhtmlcolourcell}
-
-This cell changes the colour of either the background or the foreground. 
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxHtmlCell}{wxhtmlcell}
-
-\wxheading{Include files}
-
-<wx/html/htmlcell.h>
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlColourCell::wxHtmlColourCell}\label{wxhtmlcolourcellwxhtmlcolourcell}
-
-\func{}{wxHtmlColourCell}{\param{wxColour }{clr}, \param{int }{flags = wxHTML\_CLR\_FOREGROUND}}
-
-Constructor.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{clr}{The color}
-
-\docparam{flags}{Can be one of following:
-
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxHTML\_CLR\_FOREGROUND}}{change color of text}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxHTML\_CLR\_BACKGROUND}}{change background color}
-\end{twocollist}
-}
-

docs/latex/wx/htcontnr.tex

@@ -1,250 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% htmlcontainercell.tex at 21/Mar/99 22:45:23
-%
-
-\section{\class{wxHtmlContainerCell}}\label{wxhtmlcontainercell}
-
-The wxHtmlContainerCell class is an implementation of a cell that may
-contain more cells in it. It is heavily used in the wxHTML layout algorithm.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxHtmlCell}{wxhtmlcell}
-
-\wxheading{Include files}
-
-<wx/html/htmlcell.h>
-
-\wxheading{See Also}
-
-\helpref{Cells Overview}{cells}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlContainerCell::wxHtmlContainerCell}\label{wxhtmlcontainercellwxhtmlcontainercell}
-
-\func{}{wxHtmlContainerCell}{\param{wxHtmlContainerCell }{*parent}}
-
-Constructor. {\it parent} is pointer to parent container or NULL.
-
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlContainerCell::GetAlignHor}\label{wxhtmlcontainercellgetalignhor}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetAlignHor}{\void}
-
-Returns container's horizontal alignment.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlContainerCell::GetAlignVer}\label{wxhtmlcontainercellgetalignver}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetAlignVer}{\void}
-
-Returns container's vertical alignment.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlContainerCell::GetBackgroundColour}\label{wxhtmlcontainercellgetbackgroundcolour}
-
-\func{wxColour}{GetBackgroundColour}{\void}
-
-Returns the background colour of the container or {\tt wxNullColour} if no background
-colour is set.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlContainerCell::GetFirstCell}\label{wxhtmlcontainercellgetfirstcell}
-
-\func{wxHtmlCell*}{GetFirstCell}{\void}
-
-Returns pointer to the first cell in the list.
-You can then use wxHtmlCell's GetNext method to obtain pointer to the next
-cell in list.
-
-{\bf Note:} This shouldn't be used by the end user. If you need some way of
-finding particular cell in the list, try \helpref{Find}{wxhtmlcellfind} method
-instead.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlContainerCell::GetIndent}\label{wxhtmlcontainercellgetindent}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetIndent}{\param{int }{ind}}
-
-Returns the indentation. {\it ind} is one of the {\bf wxHTML\_INDENT\_*} constants.
-
-{\bf Note:} You must call \helpref{GetIndentUnits}{wxhtmlcontainercellgetindentunits} 
-with same {\it ind} parameter in order to correctly interpret the returned integer value.
-It is NOT always in pixels!
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlContainerCell::GetIndentUnits}\label{wxhtmlcontainercellgetindentunits}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetIndentUnits}{\param{int }{ind}}
-
-Returns the units of indentation for {\it ind} where {\it ind} is one
-of the {\bf wxHTML\_INDENT\_*} constants.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlContainerCell::InsertCell}\label{wxhtmlcontainercellinsertcell}
-
-\func{void}{InsertCell}{\param{wxHtmlCell }{*cell}}
-
-Inserts new cell into the container.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlContainerCell::SetAlign}\label{wxhtmlcontainercellsetalign}
-
-\func{void}{SetAlign}{\param{const wxHtmlTag\& }{tag}}
-
-Sets the container's alignment (both horizontal and vertical) according to
-the values stored in {\it tag}. (Tags {\tt ALIGN} parameter is extracted.) In fact
-it is only a front-end to \helpref{SetAlignHor}{wxhtmlcontainercellsetalignhor} 
-and \helpref{SetAlignVer}{wxhtmlcontainercellsetalignver}.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlContainerCell::SetAlignHor}\label{wxhtmlcontainercellsetalignhor}
-
-\func{void}{SetAlignHor}{\param{int }{al}}
-
-Sets the container's {\it horizontal alignment}. During \helpref{Layout}{wxhtmlcelllayout} 
-each line is aligned according to {\it al} value.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{al}{new horizontal alignment. May be one of these values:
-
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxHTML\_ALIGN\_LEFT}}{lines are left-aligned (default)}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxHTML\_ALIGN\_JUSTIFY}}{lines are justified}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxHTML\_ALIGN\_CENTER}}{lines are centered}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxHTML\_ALIGN\_RIGHT}}{lines are right-aligned}
-\end{twocollist}
-}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlContainerCell::SetAlignVer}\label{wxhtmlcontainercellsetalignver}
-
-\func{void}{SetAlignVer}{\param{int }{al}}
-
-Sets the container's {\it vertical alignment}. This is per-line alignment!
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{al}{new vertical alignment. May be one of these values:
-
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxHTML\_ALIGN\_BOTTOM}}{cells are over the line (default)}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxHTML\_ALIGN\_CENTER}}{cells are centered on line}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxHTML\_ALIGN\_TOP}}{cells are under the line}
-\end{twocollist}
-
-\helponly{\image{}{alignv.bmp}}
-}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlContainerCell::SetBackgroundColour}\label{wxhtmlcontainercellsetbackgroundcolour}
-
-\func{void}{SetBackgroundColour}{\param{const wxColour\& }{clr}}
-
-Sets the background colour for this container.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlContainerCell::SetBorder}\label{wxhtmlcontainercellsetborder}
-
-\func{void}{SetBorder}{\param{const wxColour\& }{clr1}, \param{const wxColour\& }{clr2}}
-
-Sets the border (frame) colours. A border is a rectangle around the container.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{clr1}{Colour of top and left lines}
-
-\docparam{clr2}{Colour of bottom and right lines}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlContainerCell::SetIndent}\label{wxhtmlcontainercellsetindent}
-
-\func{void}{SetIndent}{\param{int }{i}, \param{int }{what}, \param{int }{units = wxHTML\_UNITS\_PIXELS}}
-
-Sets the indentation (free space between borders of container and subcells).
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{i}{Indentation value.}
-
-\docparam{what}{Determines which of the four borders we're setting. It is OR
-combination of following constants:
-
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxHTML\_INDENT\_TOP}}{top border}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxHTML\_INDENT\_BOTTOM}}{bottom}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxHTML\_INDENT\_LEFT}}{left}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxHTML\_INDENT\_RIGHT}}{right}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxHTML\_INDENT\_HORIZONTAL}}{left and right}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxHTML\_INDENT\_VERTICAL}}{top and bottom}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxHTML\_INDENT\_ALL}}{all 4 borders}
-\end{twocollist}
-
-\helponly{\image{}{indent.bmp}}
-}
-
-\docparam{units}{Units of {\it i}. This parameter affects interpretation of {\it} value.
-
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxHTML\_UNITS\_PIXELS}}{{\it i} is number of pixels}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxHTML\_UNITS\_PERCENT}}{{\it i} is interpreted as percents of width
-of parent container}
-\end{twocollist}
-}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlContainerCell::SetMinHeight}\label{wxhtmlcontainercellsetminheight}
-
-\func{void}{SetMinHeight}{\param{int }{h}, \param{int }{align = wxHTML\_ALIGN\_TOP}}
-
-Sets minimal height of the container.
-
-When container's \helpref{Layout}{wxhtmlcelllayout} is called, m\_Height
-is set depending on layout of subcells to the height of area covered
-by layed-out subcells. Calling this method guarantees you that the height
-of container is never smaller than {\it h} - even if the subcells cover
-much smaller area.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{h}{The minimal height.}
-
-\docparam{align}{If height of the container is lower than the minimum height, empty space must be inserted
-somewhere in order to ensure minimal height. This parameter is one of {\bf wxHTML\_ALIGN\_TOP,
-wxHTML\_ALIGN\_BOTTOM, wxHTML\_ALIGN\_CENTER}. It refers to the {\it contents}, not to the
-empty place.}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlContainerCell::SetWidthFloat}\label{wxhtmlcontainercellsetwidthfloat}
-
-\func{void}{SetWidthFloat}{\param{int }{w}, \param{int }{units}}
-
-\func{void}{SetWidthFloat}{\param{const wxHtmlTag\& }{tag}, \param{double }{pixel\_scale = 1.0}}
-
-Sets floating width adjustment.
-
-The normal behaviour of container is that its width is the same as the width of
-parent container (and thus you can have only one sub-container per line).
-You can change this by setting FWA.
-
-{\it pixel\_scale} is number of real pixels that equals to 1 HTML pixel.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{w}{Width of the container. If the value is negative it means
-complement to full width of parent container (e.g.
-{\tt SetWidthFloat(-50, wxHTML\_UNITS\_PIXELS)} sets the width
-of container to parent's width minus 50 pixels. This is useful when
-creating tables - you can call SetWidthFloat(50) and SetWidthFloat(-50))}
-
-\docparam{units}{Units of {\it w} This parameter affects the interpretation of {\it} value.
-
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxHTML\_UNITS\_PIXELS}}{{\it w} is number of pixels}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxHTML\_UNITS\_PERCENT}}{{\it w} is interpreted as percents of width
-of parent container}
-\end{twocollist}
-}
-
-\docparam{tag}{In the second version of method, {\it w} and {\it units}
-info is extracted from tag's {\tt WIDTH} parameter.}
-
-\pythonnote{The second form of this method is named
-SetWidthFloatFromTag in wxPython.}
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

docs/latex/wx/htdcrend.tex

@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% htmprint.h at 17/Oct/99 12:48:02
-%
-
-\section{\class{wxHtmlDCRenderer}}\label{wxhtmldcrenderer}
-
-This class can render HTML document into a specified area of a DC. You can use it
-in your own printing code, although use of \helpref{wxHtmlEasyPrinting}{wxhtmleasyprinting} 
-or \helpref{wxHtmlPrintout}{wxhtmlprintout} is strongly recommended.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{Include files}
-
-<wx/html/htmprint.h>
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlDCRenderer::wxHtmlDCRenderer}\label{wxhtmldcrendererwxhtmldcrenderer}
-
-\func{}{wxHtmlDCRenderer}{\void}
-
-Constructor.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlDCRenderer::SetDC}\label{wxhtmldcrenderersetdc}
-
-\func{void}{SetDC}{\param{wxDC* }{dc}, \param{double }{pixel\_scale = 1.0}}
-
-Assign DC instance to the renderer.
-
-{\it pixel\_scale} can be used when rendering to high-resolution DCs (e.g. printer) to adjust size of pixel metrics.
-(Many dimensions in HTML are given in pixels -- e.g. image sizes. 300x300 image would be only one
-inch wide on typical printer. With pixel\_scale = 3.0 it would be 3 inches.)
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlDCRenderer::SetFonts}\label{wxhtmldcrenderersetfonts}
-
-\func{void}{SetFonts}{\param{wxString }{normal\_face}, \param{wxString }{fixed\_face}, \param{const int }{*sizes = NULL}}
-
-Sets fonts. See \helpref{wxHtmlWindow::SetFonts}{wxhtmlwindowsetfonts} for
-detailed description.
-
-See also \helpref{SetSize}{wxhtmldcrenderersetsize}.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlDCRenderer::SetSize}\label{wxhtmldcrenderersetsize}
-
-\func{void}{SetSize}{\param{int }{width}, \param{int }{height}}
-
-Set size of output rectangle, in pixels. Note that you {\bf can't} change
-width of the rectangle between calls to \helpref{Render}{wxhtmldcrendererrender}!
-(You can freely change height.)
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlDCRenderer::SetHtmlText}\label{wxhtmldcrenderersethtmltext}
-
-\func{void}{SetHtmlText}{\param{const wxString\& }{html}, \param{const wxString\& }{basepath = wxEmptyString}, \param{bool }{isdir = true}}
-
-Assign text to the renderer. \helpref{Render}{wxhtmldcrendererrender} then draws 
-the text onto DC.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{html}{HTML text. This is {\it not} a filename.}
-
-\docparam{basepath}{base directory (html string would be stored there if it was in
-file). It is used to determine path for loading images, for example.}
-
-\docparam{isdir}{false if basepath is filename, true if it is directory name
-(see \helpref{wxFileSystem}{wxfilesystem} for detailed explanation)}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlDCRenderer::Render}\label{wxhtmldcrendererrender}
-
-\func{int}{Render}{\param{int }{x}, \param{int }{y}, \param{int }{from = 0}, \param{int }{dont\_render = false}}
-
-Renders HTML text to the DC.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{x,y}{ position of upper-left corner of printing rectangle (see \helpref{SetSize}{wxhtmldcrenderersetsize})}
-
-\docparam{from}{y-coordinate of the very first visible cell}
-
-\docparam{dont\_render}{if true then this method only returns y coordinate of the next page
-and does not output anything}
-
-Returned value is y coordinate of first cell than didn't fit onto page.
-Use this value as {\it from} in next call to Render in order to print multipages
-document.
-
-\wxheading{Caution!}
-
-The Following three methods {\bf must} always be called before any call to Render (preferably
-in this order):
-
-\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
-\item \helpref{SetDC}{wxhtmldcrenderersetdc}
-\item \helpref{SetSize}{wxhtmldcrenderersetsize}
-\item \helpref{SetHtmlText}{wxhtmldcrenderersethtmltext}
-\end{itemize}
-
-{\bf Render() changes the DC's user scale and does NOT restore it.}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlDCRenderer::GetTotalHeight}\label{wxhtmldcrenderergettotalheight}
-
-\func{int}{GetTotalHeight}{\void}
-
-Returns the height of the HTML text. This is important if area height (see \helpref{SetSize}{wxhtmldcrenderersetsize})
-is smaller that total height and thus the page cannot fit into it. In that case you're supposed to
-call \helpref{Render}{wxhtmldcrendererrender} as long as its return value is smaller than GetTotalHeight's.
-

docs/latex/wx/hteasypr.tex

@@ -1,164 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% htmprint.h at 17/Oct/99 12:48:02
-%
-
-\section{\class{wxHtmlEasyPrinting}}\label{wxhtmleasyprinting}
-
-This class provides very simple interface to printing 
-architecture. It allows you to print HTML documents using
-only a few commands. 
-
-\wxheading{Note}
-
-Do not create this class on the stack only. You should create an instance on app 
-startup and use this instance for all printing operations. The reason is that
-this class stores various settings in it.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{Include files}
-
-<wx/html/htmprint.h>
-
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlEasyPrinting::wxHtmlEasyPrinting}\label{wxhtmleasyprintingwxhtmleasyprinting}
-
-\func{}{wxHtmlEasyPrinting}{\param{const wxString\& }{name = "Printing"}, \param{wxWindow* }{parentWindow = NULL}}
-
-Constructor.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{name}{Name of the printing object. Used by preview frames and setup dialogs.}
-
-\docparam{parentWindow}{pointer to the window that will own the preview frame and setup dialogs. May be NULL.}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlEasyPrinting::PreviewFile}\label{wxhtmleasyprintingpreviewfile}
-
-\func{bool}{PreviewFile}{\param{const wxString\& }{htmlfile}}
-
-Preview HTML file. 
-
-Returns false in case of error -- call
-\helpref{wxPrinter::GetLastError}{wxprintergetlasterror} to get detailed
-information about the kind of the error.
-
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlEasyPrinting::PreviewText}\label{wxhtmleasyprintingpreviewtext}
-
-\func{bool}{PreviewText}{\param{const wxString\& }{htmltext}, \param{const wxString\& }{basepath = wxEmptyString}}
-
-Preview HTML text (not file!). 
-
-Returns false in case of error -- call
-\helpref{wxPrinter::GetLastError}{wxprintergetlasterror} to get detailed
-information about the kind of the error.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{htmltext}{HTML text.}
-
-\docparam{basepath}{base directory (html string would be stored there if it was in
-file). It is used to determine path for loading images, for example.}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlEasyPrinting::PrintFile}\label{wxhtmleasyprintingprintfile}
-
-\func{bool}{PrintFile}{\param{const wxString\& }{htmlfile}}
-
-Print HTML file.
-
-Returns false in case of error -- call
-\helpref{wxPrinter::GetLastError}{wxprintergetlasterror} to get detailed
-information about the kind of the error.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlEasyPrinting::PrintText}\label{wxhtmleasyprintingprinttext}
-
-\func{bool}{PrintText}{\param{const wxString\& }{htmltext}, \param{const wxString\& }{basepath = wxEmptyString}}
-
-Print HTML text (not file!). 
-
-Returns false in case of error -- call
-\helpref{wxPrinter::GetLastError}{wxprintergetlasterror} to get detailed
-information about the kind of the error.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{htmltext}{HTML text.}
-
-\docparam{basepath}{base directory (html string would be stored there if it was in
-file). It is used to determine path for loading images, for example.}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlEasyPrinting::PrinterSetup}\label{wxhtmleasyprintingprintersetup}
-
-\func{void}{PrinterSetup}{\void}
-
-Display printer setup dialog and allows the user to modify settings. 
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlEasyPrinting::PageSetup}\label{wxhtmleasyprintingpagesetup}
-
-\func{void}{PageSetup}{\void}
-
-Display page setup dialog and allows the user to modify settings. 
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlEasyPrinting::SetFonts}\label{wxhtmleasyprintingsetfonts}
-
-\func{void}{SetFonts}{\param{wxString }{normal\_face}, \param{wxString }{fixed\_face}, \param{const int }{*sizes = NULL}}
-
-Sets fonts. See \helpref{wxHtmlWindow::SetFonts}{wxhtmlwindowsetfonts} for
-detailed description.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlEasyPrinting::SetHeader}\label{wxhtmleasyprintingsetheader}
-
-\func{void}{SetHeader}{\param{const wxString\& }{header}, \param{int }{pg = wxPAGE\_ALL}}
-
-Set page header.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{header}{HTML text to be used as header. You can use macros in it:
-
-\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
-\item @PAGENUM@ is replaced by page number
-\item @PAGESCNT@ is replaced by total number of pages
-\end{itemize}
-}
-
-\docparam{pg}{one of wxPAGE\_ODD, wxPAGE\_EVEN and wxPAGE\_ALL constants.}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlEasyPrinting::SetFooter}\label{wxhtmleasyprintingsetfooter}
-
-\func{void}{SetFooter}{\param{const wxString\& }{footer}, \param{int }{pg = wxPAGE\_ALL}}
-
-Set page footer.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{footer}{HTML text to be used as footer. You can use macros in it:
-
-\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
-\item @PAGENUM@ is replaced by page number
-\item @PAGESCNT@ is replaced by total number of pages
-\end{itemize}
-}
-
-\docparam{pg}{one of wxPAGE\_ODD, wxPAGE\_EVEN and wxPAGE\_ALL constants.}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlEasyPrinting::GetPrintData}\label{wxhtmleasyprintinggetprintdata}
-
-\func{wxPrintData*}{GetPrintData}{\void}
-
-Returns pointer to \helpref{wxPrintData}{wxprintdata} instance used by this class. You can
-set its parameters (via SetXXXX methods).
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlEasyPrinting::GetPageSetupData}\label{wxhtmleasyprintinggetpagesetupdata}
-
-\func{wxPageSetupDialogData*}{GetPageSetupData}{\void}
-
-Returns a pointer to \helpref{wxPageSetupDialogData}{wxpagesetupdialogdata} instance used by 
-this class. You can set its parameters (via SetXXXX methods).
-

docs/latex/wx/htfilter.tex

@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% htmlfilter.tex at 29/Mar/99 18:35:09
-%
-
-\section{\class{wxHtmlFilter}}\label{wxhtmlfilter}
-
-This class is an input filter for \helpref{wxHtmlWindow}{wxhtmlwindow}.
-It allows you to read and display files of different file formats.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{Include files}
-
-<wx/html/htmlfilt.h>
-
-
-\wxheading{See Also}
-
-\helpref{Overview}{filters}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlFilter::wxHtmlFilter}\label{wxhtmlfilterwxhtmlfilter}
-
-\func{}{wxHtmlFilter}{\void}
-
-Constructor.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlFilter::CanRead}\label{wxhtmlfiltercanread}
-
-\func{bool}{CanRead}{\param{const wxFSFile\& }{file}}
-
-Returns true if this filter is capable of reading file {\it file}.
-
-Example:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-bool MyFilter::CanRead(const wxFSFile& file)
-{
-    return (file.GetMimeType() == "application/x-ugh");
-}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlFilter::ReadFile}\label{wxhtmlfilterreadfile}
-
-\func{wxString}{ReadFile}{\param{const wxFSFile\& }{file}}
-
-Reads the file and returns string with HTML document.
-
-Example:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-wxString MyImgFilter::ReadFile(const wxFSFile& file)
-{
-    return "<html><body><img src=\"" +
-           file.GetLocation() +
-	   "\"></body></html>";
-}
-\end{verbatim}
-

docs/latex/wx/hthelpct.tex

@@ -1,221 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% htmlhelp.h at 02/May/99 19:58:53
-%
-
-\section{\class{wxHtmlHelpController}}\label{wxhtmlhelpcontroller}
-
-{\bf WARNING!} Although this class has an API compatible with other wxWindows
-help controllers as documented by \helpref{wxHelpController}{wxhelpcontroller}, it
-is recommended that you use the enhanced capabilities of wxHtmlHelpController's API.
-
-This help controller provides an easy way of displaying HTML help in your
-application (see {\it test} sample). The help system is based on {\bf books} 
-(see \helpref{AddBook}{wxhtmlhelpcontrolleraddbook}). A book is a logical
-section of documentation (for example "User's Guide" or "Programmer's Guide" or
-"C++ Reference" or "wxWindows Reference"). The help controller can handle as
-many books as you want.
-
-wxHTML uses Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop project files (.hhp, .hhk, .hhc) as its
-native format. The file format is described \helpref{here}{helpformat}.
-Have a look at docs/html/ directory where sample project files are stored.
-
-You can use Tex2RTF to produce these files when generating HTML, if you set {\bf htmlWorkshopFiles} to {\bf true} in
-your tex2rtf.ini file.
-
-\wxheading{Note}
-
-It is strongly recommended to use preprocessed {\bf .hhp.cached} version of
-projects. It can be either created on-the-fly (see 
-\helpref{SetTempDir}{wxhtmlhelpcontrollersettempdir}) or you can use 
-{\bf hhp2cached} utility from {\it utils/hhp2cached} to create it and
-distribute the cached version together with helpfiles. See {\it samples/html/help} 
-sample for demonstration of its use.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{Information about wxBestHelpController}{wxhelpcontroller}
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-wxHelpControllerBase
-
-\wxheading{Include files}
-
-<wx/html/helpctrl.h>
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlHelpController::wxHtmlHelpController}\label{wxhtmlhelpcontrollerwxhtmlhelpcontroller}
-
-\func{}{wxHtmlHelpController}{\param{int }{style = wxHF\_DEFAULT\_STYLE}}
-
-Constructor.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-{\it style} is combination of these flags:
-
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxHF\_TOOLBAR}}{Help frame has toolbar.}
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxHF\_FLAT\_TOOLBAR}}{Help frame has toolbar with flat buttons (aka coolbar).}
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxHF\_CONTENTS}}{Help frame has contents panel.}
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxHF\_INDEX}}{Help frame has index panel.}
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxHF\_SEARCH}}{Help frame has search panel.}
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxHF\_BOOKMARKS}}{Help frame has bookmarks controls.}
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxHF\_OPEN\_FILES}}{Allow user to open arbitrary HTML document.}
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxHF\_PRINT}}{Toolbar contains "print" button.}
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxHF\_MERGE\_BOOKS}}{Contents pane does not show
-book nodes. All books are merged together and appear as single book to the
-user.}
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxHF\_ICONS\_BOOK}}{All nodes in contents pane
-have a book icon. This is how Microsoft's HTML help viewer behaves.}
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxHF\_ICONS\_FOLDER}}{Book nodes in contents pane have
-a book icon, book's sections have a folder icon. This is the default.}
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxHF\_ICONS\_BOOK\_CHAPTER}}{Both book nodes and
-nodes of top-level sections of a book (i.e. chapters) have a book icon,
-all other sections (sections, subsections, ...) have a folder icon.}
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxHF\_DEFAULT\_STYLE}}{{\tt wxHF\_TOOLBAR | wxHF\_CONTENTS
-| wxHF\_INDEX | wxHF\_SEARCH | wxHF\_BOOKMARKS | wxHF\_PRINT}}
-\end{twocollist}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlHelpController::AddBook}\label{wxhtmlhelpcontrolleraddbook}
-
-\func{bool}{AddBook}{\param{const wxFileName\& }{book\_file}, \param{bool }{show\_wait\_msg}}
-
-\func{bool}{AddBook}{\param{const wxString\& }{book\_url}, \param{bool }{show\_wait\_msg}}
-
-Adds book (\helpref{.hhp file}{helpformat} - HTML Help Workshop project file) into the list of loaded books.
-This must be called at least once before displaying  any help.
-
-{\it book\_file} or {\it book\_url}  may be either .hhp file or ZIP archive
-that contains arbitrary number of .hhp files in 
-top-level directory. This ZIP archive must have .zip or .htb extension
-(the latter stands for "HTML book"). In other words,
-{\tt AddBook(wxFileName("help.zip"))}
-is possible and, in fact, recommended way.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{show\_wait\_msg}{If true then a decoration-less window with progress message is displayed.}
-\docparam{book\_file}{Help book filename. It is recommended to use this prototype
-instead of the one taking URL, because it is less error-prone.}
-\docparam{book\_url}{Help book URL (note that syntax of filename and URL is 
-different on most platforms)}
-
-\wxheading{Note}
-
-Don't forget to install wxFileSystem ZIP handler with
-{\tt wxFileSystem::AddHandler(new wxZipFSHandler);} before calling this method
-on a .zip or .htb file!
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlHelpController::CreateHelpFrame}\label{wxhtmlhelpcontrollercreatehelpframe}
-
-\func{virtual wxHtmlHelpFrame*}{CreateHelpFrame}{\param{wxHtmlHelpData * }{data}}
-
-This protected virtual method may be overridden so that the controller
-uses slightly different frame. See {\it samples/html/helpview} sample for
-an example.
-\membersection{wxHtmlHelpController::Display}\label{wxhtmlhelpcontrollerdisplay}
-
-\func{void}{Display}{\param{const wxString\& }{x}}
-
-Displays page {\it x}. This is THE important function - it is used to display
-the help in application.
-
-You can specify the page in many ways:
-
-\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
-\item as direct filename of HTML document
-\item as chapter name (from contents) or as a book name
-\item as some word from index
-\item even as any word (will be searched)
-\end{itemize}
-
-Looking for the page runs in these steps:
-
-\begin{enumerate}\itemsep=0pt
-\item try to locate file named x (if x is for example "doc/howto.htm")
-\item try to open starting page of book named x
-\item try to find x in contents (if x is for example "How To ...")
-\item try to find x in index (if x is for example "How To ...")
-\item switch to Search panel and start searching
-\end{enumerate}
-
-\func{void}{Display}{\param{const int }{id}}
-
-This alternative form is used to search help contents by numeric IDs.
-
-\pythonnote{The second form of this method is named DisplayId in
-wxPython.}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlHelpController::DisplayContents}\label{wxhtmlhelpcontrollerdisplaycontents}
-
-\func{void}{DisplayContents}{\void}
-
-Displays help window and focuses contents panel.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlHelpController::DisplayIndex}\label{wxhtmlhelpcontrollerdisplayindex}
-
-\func{void}{DisplayIndex}{\void}
-
-Displays help window and focuses index panel.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlHelpController::KeywordSearch}\label{wxhtmlhelpcontrollerkeywordsearch}
-
-\func{bool}{KeywordSearch}{\param{const wxString\& }{keyword}}
-
-Displays help window, focuses search panel and starts searching.
-Returns true if the keyword was found.
-
-{\bf Important:} KeywordSearch searches only pages listed in .hhc file(s).
-You should list all pages in the contents file.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlHelpController::ReadCustomization}\label{wxhtmlhelpcontrollerreadcustomization}
-
-\func{void}{ReadCustomization}{\param{wxConfigBase* }{cfg}, \param{wxString }{path = wxEmptyString}}
-
-Reads the controller's setting (position of window, etc.)
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlHelpController::SetTempDir}\label{wxhtmlhelpcontrollersettempdir}
-
-\func{void}{SetTempDir}{\param{const wxString\& }{path}}
-
-Sets the path for storing temporary files - cached binary versions of index and contents files. These binary
-forms are much faster to read. Default value is empty string (empty string means
-that no cached data are stored). Note that these files are {\it not} 
-deleted when program exits.
-
-Once created these cached files will be used in all subsequent executions 
-of your application. If cached files become older than corresponding .hhp
-file (e.g. if you regenerate documentation) it will be refreshed.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlHelpController::SetTitleFormat}\label{wxhtmlhelpcontrollersettitleformat}
-
-\func{void}{SetTitleFormat}{\param{const wxString\& }{format}}
-
-Sets format of title of the frame. Must contain exactly one "\%s"
-(for title of displayed HTML page).
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlHelpController::UseConfig}\label{wxhtmlhelpcontrolleruseconfig}
-
-\func{void}{UseConfig}{\param{wxConfigBase* }{config}, \param{const wxString\& }{rootpath = wxEmptyString}}
-
-Associates {\it config} object with the controller.
-
-If there is associated config object, wxHtmlHelpController automatically
-reads and writes settings (including wxHtmlWindow's settings) when needed.
-
-The only thing you must do is create wxConfig object and call UseConfig.
-
-If you do not use {\it UseConfig}, wxHtmlHelpController will use 
-default wxConfig object if available (for details see 
-\helpref{wxConfigBase::Get}{wxconfigbaseget} and 
-\helpref{wxConfigBase::Set}{wxconfigbaseset}).
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlHelpController::WriteCustomization}\label{wxhtmlhelpcontrollerwritecustomization}
-
-\func{void}{WriteCustomization}{\param{wxConfigBase* }{cfg}, \param{wxString }{path = wxEmptyString}}
-
-Stores controllers setting (position of window etc.)
-

docs/latex/wx/hthlpdat.tex

@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% helpdata.h at 24/Oct/99 18:03:10
-%
-
-\section{\class{wxHtmlHelpData}}\label{wxhtmlhelpdata}
-
-This class is used by \helpref{wxHtmlHelpController}{wxhtmlhelpcontroller} 
-and \helpref{wxHtmlHelpFrame}{wxhtmlhelpframe} to access HTML help items.
-It is internal class and should not be used directly - except for the case 
-you're writing your own HTML help controller.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{Include files}
-
-<wx/html/helpdata.h>
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlHelpData::wxHtmlHelpData}\label{wxhtmlhelpdatawxhtmlhelpdata}
-
-\func{}{wxHtmlHelpData}{\void}
-
-Constructor.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlHelpData::AddBook}\label{wxhtmlhelpdataaddbook}
-
-\func{bool}{AddBook}{\param{const wxString\& }{book\_url}}
-
-Adds new book. {\it book} is URL (not filename!) of HTML help project (hhp)
-or ZIP file that contains arbitrary number of .hhp projects (this zip
-file can have either .zip or .htb extension, htb stands for "html book").
-Returns success.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlHelpData::FindPageById}\label{wxhtmlhelpdatafindpagebyid}
-
-\func{wxString}{FindPageById}{\param{int }{id}}
-
-Returns page's URL based on integer ID stored in project.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlHelpData::FindPageByName}\label{wxhtmlhelpdatafindpagebyname}
-
-\func{wxString}{FindPageByName}{\param{const wxString\& }{page}}
-
-Returns page's URL based on its (file)name.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlHelpData::GetBookRecArray}\label{wxhtmlhelpdatagetbookrecarray}
-
-\func{const wxHtmlBookRecArray\&}{GetBookRecArray}{\void}
-
-Returns array with help books info.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlHelpData::GetContents}\label{wxhtmlhelpdatagetcontents}
-
-\func{wxHtmlContentsItem*}{GetContents}{\void}
-
-Returns contents lists pointer.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlHelpData::GetContentsCnt}\label{wxhtmlhelpdatagetcontentscnt}
-
-\func{int}{GetContentsCnt}{\void}
-
-Returns size of contents list.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlHelpData::GetIndex}\label{wxhtmlhelpdatagetindex}
-
-\func{wxHtmlContentsItem*}{GetIndex}{\void}
-
-Returns pointer to index items list.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlHelpData::GetIndexCnt}\label{wxhtmlhelpdatagetindexcnt}
-
-\func{int}{GetIndexCnt}{\void}
-
-Returns size of index list.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlHelpData::SetTempDir}\label{wxhtmlhelpdatasettempdir}
-
-\func{void}{SetTempDir}{\param{const wxString\& }{path}}
-
-Sets temporary directory where binary cached versions of MS HTML Workshop
-files will be stored. (This is turned off by default and you can enable
-this feature by setting non-empty temp dir.)
-

docs/latex/wx/hthlpfrm.tex

@@ -1,170 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% helpfrm.h at 24/Oct/99 18:03:10
-%
-
-\section{\class{wxHtmlHelpFrame}}\label{wxhtmlhelpframe}
-
-This class is used by \helpref{wxHtmlHelpController}{wxhtmlhelpcontroller} 
-to display help.
-It is an internal class and should not be used directly - except for the case
-when you're writing your own HTML help controller.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxFrame}{wxframe}
-
-\wxheading{Include files}
-
-<wx/html/helpfrm.h>
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlHelpFrame::wxHtmlHelpFrame}\label{wxhtmlhelpframewxhtmlhelpframe}
-
-\func{}{wxHtmlHelpFrame}{\param{wxHtmlHelpData* }{data = NULL}}
-
-\func{}{wxHtmlHelpFrame}{\param{wxWindow* }{parent}, \param{int }{wxWindowID}, \param{const wxString\& }{title = wxEmptyString}, \param{int }{style = wxHF\_DEFAULT\_STYLE}, \param{wxHtmlHelpData* }{data = NULL}}
-
-Constructor.
-
-{\it style} is combination of these flags:
-
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxHF\_TOOLBAR}}{Help frame has toolbar.}
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxHF\_FLAT\_TOOLBAR}}{Help frame has toolbar with flat buttons (aka coolbar).}
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxHF\_CONTENTS}}{Help frame has contents panel.}
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxHF\_INDEX}}{Help frame has index panel.}
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxHF\_SEARCH}}{Help frame has search panel.}
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxHF\_BOOKMARKS}}{Help frame has bookmarks controls.}
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxHF\_OPEN\_FILES}}{Allow user to open arbitrary HTML document.}
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxHF\_PRINT}}{Toolbar contains "print" button.}
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxHF\_MERGE\_BOOKS}}{Contents pane does not show
-book nodes. All books are merged together and appear as single book to the
-user.}
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxHF\_ICONS\_BOOK}}{All nodes in contents pane
-have a book icon. This is how Microsoft's HTML help viewer behaves.}
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxHF\_ICONS\_FOLDER}}{Book nodes in contents pane have
-a book icon, book's sections have a folder icon. This is the default.}
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxHF\_ICONS\_BOOK\_CHAPTER}}{Both book nodes and
-nodes of top-level sections of a book (i.e. chapters) have a book icon,
-all other sections (sections, subsections, ...) have a folder icon.}
-\twocolitem{\windowstyle{wxHF\_DEFAULT\_STYLE}}{{\tt wxHF\_TOOLBAR | wxHF\_CONTENTS
-| wxHF\_INDEX | wxHF\_SEARCH | wxHF\_BOOKMARKS | wxHF\_PRINT}}
-\end{twocollist}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlHelpFrame::Create}\label{wxhtmlhelpframecreate}
-
-\func{bool}{Create}{\param{wxWindow* }{parent}, \param{wxWindowID }{id}, \param{const wxString\& }{title = wxEmptyString}, \param{int }{style = wxHF\_DEFAULT\_STYLE}}
-
-Creates the frame. See \helpref{the constructor}{wxhtmlhelpframewxhtmlhelpframe}
-for parameters description.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlHelpFrame::CreateContents}\label{wxhtmlhelpframecreatecontents}
-
-\func{void}{CreateContents}{\param{bool }{show\_progress = false}}
-
-Creates contents panel. (May take some time.)
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlHelpFrame::CreateIndex}\label{wxhtmlhelpframecreateindex}
-
-\func{void}{CreateIndex}{\param{bool }{show\_progress = false}}
-
-Creates index panel. (May take some time.)
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlHelpFrame::CreateSearch}\label{wxhtmlhelpframecreatesearch}
-
-\func{void}{CreateSearch}{\void}
-
-Creates search panel.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlHelpFrame::Display}\label{wxhtmlhelpframedisplay}
-
-\func{bool}{Display}{\param{const wxString\& }{x}}
-
-\func{bool}{Display}{\param{const int }{id}}
-
-Displays page x. If not found it will give the user the choice of
-searching books.
-Looking for the page runs in these steps:
-
-\begin{enumerate}\itemsep=0pt
-\item try to locate file named x (if x is for example "doc/howto.htm")
-\item try to open starting page of book x
-\item try to find x in contents (if x is for example "How To ...")
-\item try to find x in index (if x is for example "How To ...")
-\end{enumerate}
-
-The second form takes numeric ID as the parameter.
-(uses extension to MS format, <param name="ID" value=id>)
-
-\pythonnote{The second form of this method is named DisplayId in
-wxPython.}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlHelpFrame::DisplayContents}\label{wxhtmlhelpframedisplaycontents}
-
-\func{bool}{DisplayContents}{\void}
-
-Displays contents panel.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlHelpFrame::DisplayIndex}\label{wxhtmlhelpframedisplayindex}
-
-\func{bool}{DisplayIndex}{\void}
-
-Displays index panel.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlHelpFrame::GetData}\label{wxhtmlhelpframegetdata}
-
-\func{wxHtmlHelpData*}{GetData}{\void}
-
-Return wxHtmlHelpData object.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlHelpFrame::KeywordSearch}\label{wxhtmlhelpframekeywordsearch}
-
-\func{bool}{KeywordSearch}{\param{const wxString\& }{keyword}}
-
-Search for given keyword.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlHelpFrame::ReadCustomization}\label{wxhtmlhelpframereadcustomization}
-
-\func{void}{ReadCustomization}{\param{wxConfigBase* }{cfg}, \param{const wxString\& }{path = wxEmptyString}}
-
-Reads user's settings for this frame (see \helpref{wxHtmlHelpController::ReadCustomization}{wxhtmlhelpcontrollerreadcustomization})
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlHelpFrame::RefreshLists}\label{wxhtmlhelpframerefreshlists}
-
-\func{void}{RefreshLists}{\param{bool }{show\_progress = false}}
-
-Refresh all panels. This is necessary if a new book was added.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlHelpFrame::SetTitleFormat}\label{wxhtmlhelpframesettitleformat}
-
-\func{void}{SetTitleFormat}{\param{const wxString\& }{format}}
-
-Sets the frame's title format. {\it format} must contain exactly one "\%s"
-(it will be replaced by the page title).
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlHelpFrame::UseConfig}\label{wxhtmlhelpframeuseconfig}
-
-\func{void}{UseConfig}{\param{wxConfigBase* }{config}, \param{const wxString\& }{rootpath = wxEmptyString}}
-
-Add books to search choice panel.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlHelpFrame::WriteCustomization}\label{wxhtmlhelpframewritecustomization}
-
-\func{void}{WriteCustomization}{\param{wxConfigBase* }{cfg}, \param{const wxString\& }{path = wxEmptyString}}
-
-Saves user's settings for this frame (see \helpref{wxHtmlHelpController::WriteCustomization}{wxhtmlhelpcontrollerwritecustomization}).
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlHelpFrame::AddToolbarButtons}\label{wxhtmlhelpframeaddtoolbarbuttons}
-
-\func{virtual void}{AddToolbarButtons}{\param{wxToolBar *}{toolBar}, \param{int }{style}} 
-
-You may override this virtual method to add more buttons into help frame's
-toolbar. {\it toolBar} is a pointer to the toolbar and {\it style} is the style
-flag as passed to Create method.
-
-wxToolBar::Realize is called immediately after returning from this function.
-
-See {\it samples/html/helpview} for an example.
-

docs/latex/wx/htlnkinf.tex

@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxHtmlLinkInfo}}\label{wxhtmllinkinfo}
-
-This class stores all necessary information about hypertext
-links (as represented by {\tt <A>} tag in HTML documents). In 
-current implementation it stores URL and target frame name. 
-{\it Note that frames are not currently supported by wxHTML!}
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{Include files}
-
-<wx/html/htmlcell.h>
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlLinkInfo::wxHtmlLinkInfo}\label{wxhtmllinkinfowxhtmllinkinfo}
-
-\func{}{wxHtmlLinkInfo}{\void}
-
-Default ctor.
-
-\func{}{wxHtmlLinkInfo}{\param{const wxString\& }{href}, \param{const wxString\& }{target = wxEmptyString}}
-
-Construct hypertext link from HREF (aka URL) and TARGET (name of target
-frame).
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlLinkInfo::GetEvent}\label{wxhtmllinkinfogetevent}
-
-\func{const wxMouseEvent *}{GetEvent}{\void}
-
-Return pointer to event that generated OnLinkClicked event. Valid
-only within \helpref{wxHtmlWindow::OnLinkClicked}{wxhtmlwindowonlinkclicked},
-NULL otherwise.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlLinkInfo::GetHtmlCell}\label{wxhtmllinkinfogethtmlcell}
-
-\func{const wxHtmlCell *}{GetHtmlCell}{\void}
-
-Return pointer to the cell that was clicked. Valid
-only within \helpref{wxHtmlWindow::OnLinkClicked}{wxhtmlwindowonlinkclicked},
-NULL otherwise.
-
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlLinkInfo::GetHref}\label{wxhtmllinkinfogethref}
-
-\func{wxString}{GetHref}{\void}
-
-Return {\it HREF} value of the {\tt <A>} tag.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlLinkInfo::GetTarget}\label{wxhtmllinkinfogettarget}
-
-\func{wxString}{GetTarget}{\void}
-
-Return {\it TARGET} value of the {\tt <A>} tag (this value
-is used to specify in which frame should be the page pointed
-by \helpref{Href}{wxhtmllinkinfogethref} opened).
-

docs/latex/wx/htmlcell.tex

@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-\subsection{Cells and Containers}\label{cells}
-
-This article describes mechanism used by 
-\helpref{wxHtmlWinParser}{wxhtmlwinparser} and 
-\helpref{wxHtmlWindow}{wxhtmlwindow} to parse and display HTML documents.
-
-\wxheading{Cells}
-
-You can divide any text (or HTML) into small fragments. Let's call these
-fragments {\bf cells}. Cell is for example one word, horizontal line, image
-or any other part of document. Each cell has width and height (except special
-"magic" cells with zero dimensions - e.g. colour changers or font changers).
-
-See \helpref{wxHtmlCell}{wxhtmlcell}.
-
-\wxheading{Containers}
-
-Container is kind of cell that may contain sub-cells. Its size depends
-on number and sizes of its sub-cells (and also depends on width of window). 
-
-See \helpref{wxHtmlContainerCell}{wxhtmlcontainercell}, 
-\helpref{wxHtmlCell::Layout}{wxhtmlcelllayout}.
-
-\begin{comment}
-% Bitmap is corrupt!
-This image shows you cells and containers:
-
-\helponly{\image{}{contbox.bmp}}
-\end{comment}
-\wxheading{Using Containers in Tag Handler}
-
-\helpref{wxHtmlWinParser}{wxhtmlwinparser} provides a user-friendly way
-of managing containers. It is based on the idea of opening and closing containers.
-
-Use \helpref{OpenContainer}{wxhtmlwinparseropencontainer} to open new
-a container {\it within an already opened container}. This new container is a 
-{\it sub-container} of the old one. (If you want to create a new container with
-the same depth level you can call {\tt CloseContainer(); OpenContainer();}.)
-
-Use \helpref{CloseContainer}{wxhtmlwinparserclosecontainer} to close the 
-container. This doesn't create a new container with same depth level but
-it returns "control" to the parent container.
-
-\begin{comment}
-% Bitmap corrupt!
-See explanation:
-
-\helponly{\image{}{cont.bmp}}
-\end{comment}
-It is clear there must be same number of calls to 
-OpenContainer as to CloseContainer...
-
-\wxheading{Example}
-
-This code creates a new paragraph (container at same depth level)
-with "Hello, world!":
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-m_WParser -> CloseContainer();
-c = m_WParser -> OpenContainer();
-
-m_WParser -> AddWord("Hello, ");
-m_WParser -> AddWord("world!");
-
-m_WParser -> CloseContainer();
-m_WParser -> OpenContainer();
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\begin{comment}
-% Bitmap corrupt!
-and here is image of the situation:
-
-\helponly{\image{}{hello.bmp}}
-\end{comment}
-
-You can see that there was opened container before running the code. We closed
-it, created our own container, then closed our container and opened
-new container. The result was that we had {\it same depth level} after
-executing. This is general rule that should be followed by tag handlers:
-leave depth level of containers unmodified (in other words, number of
-OpenContainer and CloseContainer calls should be same within \helpref{HandleTag}{wxhtmltaghandlerhandletag}'s body).
-

docs/latex/wx/htmlfilt.tex

@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-\subsection{Input Filters}\label{filters}
-
-The wxHTML library provides a mechanism for reading and displaying
-files of many different file formats. 
-
-\helpref{wxHtmlWindow::LoadPage}{wxhtmlwindowloadpage} can load not
-only HTML files but any known file. To make a file type known to wxHtmlWindow
-you must create a \helpref{wxHtmlFilter}{wxhtmlfilter} filter and
-register it using \helpref{wxHtmlWindow::AddFilter}{wxhtmlwindowaddfilter}.
-

docs/latex/wx/htmlhand.tex

@@ -1,146 +0,0 @@
-\subsection{Tag Handlers}\label{handlers}
-
-The wxHTML library provides architecture of pluggable {\it tag handlers}.
-Tag handler is class that understands particular HTML tag (or tags) and is
-able to interpret it.
-
-\helpref{wxHtmlWinParser}{wxhtmlwinparser} has static table of {\bf modules}.
-Each module contains one or more tag handlers. Each time a new wxHtmlWinParser
-object is constructed all modules are scanned and handlers are added
-to wxHtmlParser's list of available handlers (note: wxHtmlParser's list
-is non-static).
-
-\wxheading{How it works}
-
-Common tag handler's \helpref{HandleTag}{wxhtmltaghandlerhandletag} method
-works in four steps:
-
-\begin{enumerate}\itemsep=0pt
-\item Save state of parent parser into local variables
-\item Change parser state according to tag's params
-\item Parse text between the tag and paired ending tag (if present)
-\item Restore original parser state
-\end{enumerate}
-
-See \helpref{wxHtmlWinParser}{wxhtmlwinparser} for methods for modifying
-parser's state. In general you can do things like opening/closing containers,
-changing colors, fonts etc.
-
-\wxheading{Providing own tag handlers}
-
-You should create new .cpp file and place following lines into it: 
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-#include <mod_templ.h>
-#include <forcelink.h>
-FORCE_LINK_ME(yourmodulefilenamewithoutcpp)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-Then you must define handlers and one module.
-
-\wxheading{Tag handlers}
-
-The handler is derived from \helpref{wxHtmlWinTagHandler}{wxhtmlwintaghandler}
-(or directly from \helpref{wxHtmlTagHandler}{wxhtmltaghandler})
-
-You can use set of macros to define the handler (see src/html/m\_*.cpp files
-for details). Handler definition must start with {\bf TAG\_HANDLER\_BEGIN} macro
-and end with {\bf TAG\_HANDLER\_END} macro. I strongly recommend to have a look
-at {\it include/wxhtml/mod\_templ.h} file. Otherwise you won't understand
-the structure of macros. See macros reference:
-
-{\bf TAG\_HANDLER\_BEGIN}({\it name}, {\it tags})
-
-Starts handler definition. {\it name} is handler identifier (in fact
-part of class name), {\it tags} is string containing list of tags
-supported by this handler (in uppercase). This macro derives new class from
-wxHtmlWinTagHandler and implements it is 
-\helpref{GetSupportedTags}{wxhtmltaghandlergetsupportedtags} method.
-
-Example: TAG\_HANDLER\_BEGIN(FONTS, "B,I,U,T")
-
-{\bf TAG\_HANDLER\_VARS}
-
-This macro starts block of variables definitions. (Variables are identical
-to class attributes.) Example:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-TAG_HANDLER_BEGIN(VARS_ONLY, "CRAZYTAG")
-    TAG_HANDLER_VARS
-        int my_int_var;
-	wxString something_else;
-TAG_HANDLER_END(VARS_ONLY)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-This macro is used only in rare cases.
-
-{\bf TAG\_HANDLER\_CONSTR}({\it name})
-
-This macro supplies object constructor. {\it name} is same name as the one
-from TAG\_HANDLER\_BEGIN macro. Body of constructor follow after
-this macro (you must use { and } ). Example:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-TAG_HANDLER_BEGIN(VARS2, "CRAZYTAG")
-    TAG_HANDLER_VARS
-        int my_int_var;
-    TAG_HANDLER_CONSTR(vars2)
-        { // !!!!!!
-	    my_int_var = 666;
-	} // !!!!!!
-TAG_HANDLER_END(VARS2)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-Never used in wxHTML :-)
-
-{\bf TAG\_HANDLER\_PROC}({\it varib})
-
-This is very important macro. It defines \helpref{HandleTag}{wxhtmltaghandlerhandletag}
-method. {\it varib} is name of parameter passed to the method, usually
-{\it tag}. Body of method follows after this macro.
-Note than you must use { and } ! Example:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-TAG_HANDLER_BEGIN(TITLE, "TITLE")
-    TAG_HANDLER_PROC(tag)
-        {
-	    printf("TITLE found...\n");
-	}
-TAG_HANDLER_END(TITLE)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-{\bf TAG\_HANDLER\_END}({\it name})
-
-Ends definition of tag handler {\it name}. 
-
-\wxheading{Tags Modules}
-
-You can use set of 3 macros TAGS\_MODULE\_BEGIN, TAGS\_MODULE\_ADD and 
-TAGS\_MODULE\_END to inherit new module from
-\helpref{wxHtmlTagsModule}{wxhtmltagsmodule} and to create instance of it.
-See macros reference:
-
-{\bf TAGS\_MODULE\_BEGIN}({\it modname})
-
-Begins module definition. {\it modname} is part of class name and must
-be unique.
-
-{\bf TAGS\_MODULE\_ADD}({\it name})
-
-Adds the handler to this module. {\it name} is the identifier from
-TAG\_HANDLER\_BEGIN.
-
-{\bf TAGS\_MODULE\_END}({\it modname})
-
-Ends the definition of module.
-
-{\bf Example:}
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-TAGS_MODULE_BEGIN(Examples)
-    TAGS_MODULE_ADD(VARS_ONLY)
-    TAGS_MODULE_ADD(VARS2)
-    TAGS_MODULE_ADD(TITLE)
-TAGS_MODULE_END(Examples)
-\end{verbatim}
-

docs/latex/wx/htmlhlpf.tex

@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-\subsection{Help Files Format}\label{helpformat}
-
-wxHTML library uses a reduced version of MS HTML Workshop format.
-Tex2RTF can produce these files when generating HTML, if you set {\bf htmlWorkshopFiles} to {\bf true} in
-your tex2rtf.ini file.
-
-(See \helpref{wxHtmlHelpController}{wxhtmlhelpcontroller} for help controller description.)
-
-A {\bf book} consists of three files: header file, contents file and index file.
-You can make a regular zip archive of these files, plus the HTML and any image files,
-for wxHTML (or helpview) to read; and the .zip file can optionally be renamed to .htb.
-
-\wxheading{Header file (.hhp)}
-
-Header file must contain these lines (and may contain additional lines which are ignored) :
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-Contents file=<filename.hhc>
-Index file=<filename.hhk>
-Title=<title of your book>
-Default topic=<default page to be displayed.htm>
-\end{verbatim}
-
-All filenames (including the Default topic) are relative to the 
-location of .hhp file.
-
-{\bf Localization note:} In addition, .hhp file may contain line
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-Charset=<rfc_charset>
-\end{verbatim}
-
-which specifies what charset (e.g. "iso8859\_1") was used in contents
-and index files. Please note that this line is incompatible with
-MS HTML Help Workshop and it would either silently remove it or complain
-with some error. See also 
-\helpref{Writing non-English applications}{nonenglishoverview}.
-
-\wxheading{Contents file (.hhc)}
-
-Contents file has HTML syntax and it can be parsed by regular HTML parser. It contains exactly one list
-({\tt <ul>}....{\tt </ul>} statement):
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-<ul>
-
-  <li> <object type="text/sitemap">
-           <param name="Name" value="@topic name@">
-           <param name="ID" value=@numeric_id@>
-           <param name="Local" value="@filename.htm@">
-       </object>
-  <li> <object type="text/sitemap">
-           <param name="Name" value="@topic name@">
-           <param name="ID" value=@numeric_id@>
-           <param name="Local" value="@filename.htm@">
-       </object>
-  ...    
-
-</ul>
-\end{verbatim}
-
-You can modify value attributes of param tags. {\it topic name} is name of chapter/topic as is displayed in
-contents, {\it filename.htm} is HTML page name (relative to .hhp file) and {\it numeric\_id} is optional 
-- it is used only when you use \helpref{wxHtmlHelpController::Display(int)}{wxhtmlhelpcontrollerdisplay}
-
-Items in the list may be nested - one {\tt <li>} statement may contain a {\tt <ul>} sub-statement:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-<ul>
-
-  <li> <object type="text/sitemap">
-           <param name="Name" value="Top node">
-           <param name="Local" value="top.htm">
-       </object>
-       <ul>
-         <li> <object type="text/sitemap">
-              <param name="Name" value="subnode in topnode">
-              <param name="Local" value="subnode1.htm">
-              </object>
-      ...
-       </ul>
-       
-  <li> <object type="text/sitemap">
-           <param name="Name" value="Another Top">
-           <param name="Local" value="top2.htm">
-       </object>
-  ...    
-
-</ul>
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\wxheading{Index file (.hhk)}
-
-Index files have same format as contents file except that ID params are ignored and sublists are {\bf not} 
-allowed.
-

docs/latex/wx/htmllbox.tex

@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%% Name:        htmllbox.tex
-%% Purpose:     wxHtmlListBox documentation
-%% Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-%% Modified by:
-%% Created:     01.06.03
-%% RCS-ID:      $Id$
-%% Copyright:   (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
-%% License:     wxWindows license
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-\section{\class{wxHtmlListBox}}\label{wxhtmllistbox}
-
-wxHtmlListBox is an implementation of \helpref{wxVListBox}{wxvlistbox} which
-shows HTML content in the listbox rows. This is still an abstract base class
-and you will need to derive your own class from it (see htlbox sample for the
-example) but you will only need to override a single 
-\helpref{OnGetItem()}{wxhtmllistboxongetitem} function.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxVListBox}{wxvlistbox}
-
-\wxheading{Include files}
-
-<wx/htmllbox.h>
-
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlListBox::wxHtmlListBox}\label{wxhtmllistboxwxhtmllistbox}
-
-\func{}{wxHtmlListBox}{\param{wxWindow* }{parent}, \param{wxWindowID }{id = wxID\_ANY}, \param{const wxPoint\& }{pos = wxDefaultPosition}, \param{const wxSize\& }{size = wxDefaultSize}, \param{size\_t }{countItems = 0}, \param{long }{style = 0}, \param{const wxString\& }{name = wxVListBoxNameStr}}
-
-Normal constructor which calls \helpref{Create()}{wxhtmllistboxcreate}
-internally.
-
-\func{}{wxHtmlListBox}{\void}
-
-Default constructor, you must call \helpref{Create()}{wxhtmllistboxcreate}
-later.
-
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlListBox::\destruct{wxHtmlListBox}}\label{wxhtmllistboxdtor}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxHtmlListBox}}{\void}
-
-Destructor cleans up whatever resources we use.
-
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlListBox::Create}\label{wxhtmllistboxcreate}
-
-\func{bool}{Create}{\param{wxWindow* }{parent}, \param{wxWindowID }{id = wxID\_ANY}, \param{const wxPoint\& }{pos = wxDefaultPosition}, \param{const wxSize\& }{size = wxDefaultSize}, \param{size\_t }{countItems = 0}, \param{long }{style = 0}, \param{const wxString\& }{name = wxVListBoxNameStr}}
-
-Creates the control and optionally sets the initial number of items in it
-(it may also be set or changed later with 
-\helpref{SetItemCount()}{wxvlistboxsetitemcount}).
-
-There are no special styles defined for wxHtmlListBox, in particular the
-wxListBox styles can not be used here.
-
-Returns {\tt true} on success or {\tt false} if the control couldn't be created
-
-
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlListBox::OnGetItem}\label{wxhtmllistboxongetitem}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{OnGetItem}{\param{size\_t }{n}}
-
-This method must be implemented in the derived class and should return
-the body (i.e. without {\tt <html>} nor {\tt <body>} tags) of the HTML fragment
-for the given item.
-
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlListBox::OnGetItemMarkup}\label{wxhtmllistboxongetitemmarkup}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{OnGetItemMarkup}{\param{size\_t }{n}}
-
-This function may be overridden to decorate HTML returned by
-\helpref{OnGetItem()}{wxhtmllistboxongetitem}.
-

docs/latex/wx/htmlprn.tex

@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-\subsection{HTML Printing}\label{printing}
-
-The wxHTML library provides printing facilities with several levels of complexity. 
-
-The easiest way to print an HTML document is to use 
-\helpref{wxHtmlEasyPrinting class}{wxhtmleasyprinting}. It lets you print HTML documents with only one
-command and you don't have to worry about deriving from the wxPrintout class at all. It is only a simple wrapper around the 
-\helpref{wxHtmlPrintout}{wxhtmlprintout}, normal wxWindows printout class.
-
-And finally there is the low level class \helpref{wxHtmlDCRenderer}{wxhtmldcrenderer} which you can use to
-render HTML into a rectangular area on any DC. It supports rendering into multiple rectangles with the same
-width. (The most common use of this is placing one rectangle on each page or printing into two columns.)
-

docs/latex/wx/htmlstrt.tex

@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-\subsection{wxHTML quick start}\label{wxhtmlquickstart}
-
-\wxheading{Displaying HMTL}
-
-First of all, you must include <wx/wxhtml.h>.
-
-Class \helpref{wxHtmlWindow}{wxhtmlwindow} (derived from wxScrolledWindow)
-is used to display HTML documents.
-It has two important methods: \helpref{LoadPage}{wxhtmlwindowloadpage} 
-and \helpref{SetPage}{wxhtmlwindowsetpage}.
-LoadPage loads and displays HTML file while SetPage displays directly the
-passed {\bf string}. See the example:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-    mywin -> LoadPage("test.htm");
-    mywin -> SetPage("<html><body>"
-                     "<h1>Error</h1>"
-		     "Some error occurred :-H)"
-		     "</body></hmtl>");
-\end{verbatim}
-
-I think the difference is quite clear.
-
-\wxheading{Displaying Help}
-
-See \helpref{wxHtmlHelpController}{wxhtmlhelpcontroller}.
-
-\wxheading{Setting up wxHtmlWindow}
-
-Because wxHtmlWindow is derived from wxScrolledWindow and not from
-wxFrame, it doesn't have visible frame. But the user usually want to see
-the title of HTML page displayed somewhere and frame's titlebar is 
-ideal place for it.
-
-wxHtmlWindow provides 2 methods in order to handle this: 
-\helpref{SetRelatedFrame}{wxhtmlwindowsetrelatedframe} and 
-\helpref{SetRelatedStatusBar}{wxhtmlwindowsetrelatedstatusbar}. 
-See the example:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-    html = new wxHtmlWindow(this);
-    html -> SetRelatedFrame(this, "HTML : %%s");
-    html -> SetRelatedStatusBar(0);
-\end{verbatim}
-
-The first command associates html object with it is parent frame
-(this points to wxFrame object there) and sets format of title.
-Page title "Hello, world!" will be displayed as "HTML : Hello, world!"
-in this example.
-
-The second command sets which frame's status bar should be used to display
-browser's messages (such as "Loading..." or "Done" or hypertext links).
-
-\wxheading{Customizing wxHtmlWindow}
-
-You can customize wxHtmlWindow by setting font size, font face and
-borders (space between border of window and displayed HTML). Related functions:
-
-\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
-\item \helpref{SetFonts}{wxhtmlwindowsetfonts}
-\item \helpref{SetBorders}{wxhtmlwindowsetborders}
-\item \helpref{ReadCustomization}{wxhtmlwindowreadcustomization}
-\item \helpref{WriteCustomization}{wxhtmlwindowwritecustomization}
-\end{itemize}
-
-The last two functions are used to store user customization info wxConfig stuff
-(for example in the registry under Windows, or in a dotfile under Unix).
-

docs/latex/wx/htmltags.tex

@@ -1,148 +0,0 @@
-\subsection{Tags supported by wxHTML}\label{htmltagssupported}
-
-wxHTML is not full implementation of HTML standard. Instead, it supports most common tags so that it 
-is possible to display {\it simple} HTML documents with it. (For example it works fine with pages created
-in Netscape Composer or generated by tex2rtf).
-
-Following tables list all tags known to wxHTML, together with supported parameters.
-A tag has general form of {\tt <tagname param\_1 param\_2 ... param\_n>} where param\_i is
-either {\tt paramname="paramvalue"} or {\tt paramname=paramvalue} - these two are equivalent. Unless stated 
-otherwise, wxHTML is case-insensitive.
-
-\wxheading{Table of common parameter values}
-
-We will use these substitutions in tags descriptions:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-[alignment]     CENTER
-                LEFT
-                RIGHT
-                JUSTIFY
-
-[v_alignment]   TOP
-                BOTTOM
-                CENTER
-                
-[color]         HTML 4.0-compliant colour specification
-
-[fontsize]      -2
-                -1
-                +0
-                +1
-                +2
-                +3
-                +4
-                 1
-                 2
-                 3
-                 4
-                 5
-                 6
-                 7
-
-[pixels]        integer value that represents dimension in pixels
-
-[percent]       i% 
-                where i is integer
-
-[url]           an URL 
-
-[string]        text string
-
-[coords]        c(1),c(2),c(3),...,c(n)
-                where c(i) is integer
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\wxheading{List of supported tags}
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-
-A               NAME=[string]
-                HREF=[url]
-                TARGET=[target window spec]
-ADDRESS
-AREA            SHAPE=POLY
-                SHAPE=CIRCLE
-                SHAPE=RECT
-                COORDS=[coords]
-                HREF=[url]
-B
-BIG
-BLOCKQUOTE
-BODY            TEXT=[color]
-                LINK=[color]
-                BGCOLOR=[color]
-BR              ALIGN=[alignment]
-CENTER
-CITE
-CODE
-DD
-DIV             ALIGN=[alignment]
-DL
-DT
-EM
-FONT            COLOR=[color]
-                SIZE=[fontsize]
-                FACE=[comma-separated list of facenames]
-HR              ALIGN=[alignment]
-                SIZE=[pixels]
-                WIDTH=[percent|pixels]
-                NOSHADE
-H1
-H2
-H3
-H4
-H5
-H6
-I
-IMG             SRC=[url]
-                WIDTH=[pixels]
-                HEIGHT=[pixels]
-                ALIGN=TEXTTOP
-                ALIGN=CENTER
-                ALIGN=ABSCENTER
-                ALIGN=BOTTOM
-                USEMAP=[url]
-KBD
-LI
-MAP             NAME=[string]
-META            HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type"
-                CONTENT=[string]
-OL
-P               ALIGN=[alignment]
-PRE
-SAMP
-SMALL
-STRIKE
-STRONG
-TABLE           ALIGN=[alignment]
-                WIDTH=[percent|pixels]
-                BORDER=[pixels]
-                VALIGN=[v_alignment]
-                BGCOLOR=[color]
-                CELLSPACING=[pixels]
-                CELLPADDING=[pixels]
-TD              ALIGN=[alignment]
-                VALIGN=[v_alignment]
-                BGCOLOR=[color]
-                WIDTH=[percent|pixels]
-                COLSPAN=[pixels]
-                ROWSPAN=[pixels]
-TH              ALIGN=[alignment]
-                VALIGN=[v_alignment]
-                BGCOLOR=[color]
-                WIDTH=[percent|pixels]
-                COLSPAN=[pixels]
-                ROWSPAN=[pixels]
-TITLE
-TR              ALIGN=[alignment]
-                VALIGN=[v_alignment]
-                BGCOLOR=[color]
-TT
-U
-UL
-
-\end{verbatim}
-

docs/latex/wx/htparser.tex

@@ -1,267 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% htmlparser.tex at 14/Mar/99 20:13:37
-%
-
-\section{\class{wxHtmlParser}}\label{wxhtmlparser}
-
-This class handles the {\bf generic} parsing of HTML document: it scans
-the document and divide it into blocks of tags (where one block
-consists of beginning and ending tag and of text between these
-two tags).
-
-It is independent from wxHtmlWindow and can be used as stand-alone parser
-(Julian Smart's idea of speech-only HTML viewer or wget-like utility -
-see InetGet sample for example).
-
-It uses system of tag handlers to parse the HTML document. Tag handlers
-are not statically shared by all instances but are created for each
-wxHtmlParser instance. The reason is that the handler may contain
-document-specific temporary data used during parsing (e.g. complicated
-structures like tables).
-
-Typically the user calls only the \helpref{Parse}{wxhtmlparserparse} method.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-wxObject
-
-\wxheading{Include files}
-
-<wx/html/htmlpars.h>
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{Cells Overview}{cells},
-\helpref{Tag Handlers Overview}{handlers},
-\helpref{wxHtmlTag}{wxhtmltag}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlParser::wxHtmlParser}\label{wxhtmlparserwxhtmlparser}
-
-\func{}{wxHtmlParser}{\void}
-
-Constructor.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlParser::AddTag}\label{wxhtmlparseraddtag}
-
-\func{void}{AddTag}{\param{const wxHtmlTag\& }{tag}}
-
-This may (and may not) be overwritten in derived class.
-
-This method is called each time new tag is about to be added. 
-{\it tag} contains information about the tag. (See \helpref{wxHtmlTag}{wxhtmltag}
-for details.)
-
-Default (wxHtmlParser) behaviour is this:
-First it finds a handler capable of handling this tag and then it calls
-handler's HandleTag method.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlParser::AddTagHandler}\label{wxhtmlparseraddtaghandler}
-
-\func{virtual void}{AddTagHandler}{\param{wxHtmlTagHandler }{*handler}}
-
-Adds handler to the internal list (\& hash table) of handlers. This
-method should not be called directly by user but rather by derived class'
-constructor.
-
-This adds the handler to this {\bf instance} of wxHtmlParser, not to
-all objects of this class! (Static front-end to AddTagHandler is provided
-by wxHtmlWinParser).
-
-All handlers are deleted on object deletion.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlParser::AddText}\label{wxhtmlparseraddword}
-
-\func{virtual void}{AddWord}{\param{const char* }{txt}}
-
-Must be overwritten in derived class.
-
-This method is called by \helpref{DoParsing}{wxhtmlparserdoparsing}
-each time a part of text is parsed. {\it txt} is NOT only one word, it is
-substring of input. It is not formatted or preprocessed (so white spaces are
-unmodified).
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlParser::DoParsing}\label{wxhtmlparserdoparsing}
-
-\func{void}{DoParsing}{\param{int }{begin\_pos}, \param{int }{end\_pos}}
-
-\func{void}{DoParsing}{\void}
-
-Parses the m\_Source from begin\_pos to end\_pos-1.
-(in noparams version it parses whole m\_Source)
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlParser::DoneParser}\label{wxhtmlparserdoneparser}
-
-\func{virtual void}{DoneParser}{\void}
-
-This must be called after DoParsing().
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlParser::GetFS}\label{wxhtmlparsergetfs}
-
-\constfunc{wxFileSystem*}{GetFS}{\void}
-
-Returns pointer to the file system. Because each tag handler has
-reference to it is parent parser it can easily request the file by
-calling
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-wxFSFile *f = m_Parser -> GetFS() -> OpenFile("image.jpg");
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlParser::GetProduct}\label{wxhtmlparsergetproduct}
-
-\func{virtual wxObject*}{GetProduct}{\void}
-
-Returns product of parsing. Returned value is result of parsing
-of the document. The type of this result depends on internal
-representation in derived parser (but it must be derived from wxObject!).
-
-See wxHtmlWinParser for details.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlParser::GetSource}\label{wxhtmlparsergetsource}
-
-\func{wxString*}{GetSource}{\void}
-
-Returns pointer to the source being parsed.
-
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlParser::InitParser}\label{wxhtmlparserinitparser}
-
-\func{virtual void}{InitParser}{\param{const wxString\& }{source}}
-
-Setups the parser for parsing the {\it source} string. (Should be overridden
-in derived class)
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlParser::OpenURL}\label{wxhtmlparseropenurl}
-
-\func{virtual wxFSFile*}{OpenURL}{\param{wxHtmlURLType }{type}, \param{const wxString\& }{url}}
-
-Opens given URL and returns {\tt wxFSFile} object that can be used to read data
-from it. This method may return NULL in one of two cases: either the URL doesn't
-point to any valid resource or the URL is blocked by overridden implementation
-of {\it OpenURL} in derived class.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{type}{Indicates type of the resource. Is one of
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxHTML\_URL\_PAGE}}{Opening a HTML page.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxHTML\_URL\_IMAGE}}{Opening an image.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxHTML\_URL\_OTHER}}{Opening a resource that doesn't fall into
-any other category.}
-\end{twocollist}}
-
-\docparam{url}{URL being opened.}
-
-\wxheading{Notes}
-
-Always use this method in tag handlers instead of {\tt GetFS()->OpenFile()} 
-because it can block the URL and is thus more secure.
-
-Default behaviour is to call \helpref{wxHtmlWindow::OnOpeningURL}{wxhtmlwindowonopeningurl}
-of the associated wxHtmlWindow object (which may decide to block the URL or
-redirect it to another one),if there's any, and always open the URL if the 
-parser is not used with wxHtmlWindow.
-
-Returned {\tt wxFSFile} object is not guaranteed to point to {\it url}, it might
-have been redirected!
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlParser::Parse}\label{wxhtmlparserparse}
-
-\func{wxObject*}{Parse}{\param{const wxString\& }{source}}
-
-Proceeds parsing of the document. This is end-user method. You can simply
-call it when you need to obtain parsed output (which is parser-specific)
-
-The method does these things:
-
-\begin{enumerate}\itemsep=0pt
-\item calls \helpref{InitParser(source)}{wxhtmlparserinitparser}
-\item calls \helpref{DoParsing}{wxhtmlparserdoparsing}
-\item calls \helpref{GetProduct}{wxhtmlparsergetproduct}
-\item calls \helpref{DoneParser}{wxhtmlparserdoneparser}
-\item returns value returned by GetProduct
-\end{enumerate}
-
-You shouldn't use InitParser, DoParsing, GetProduct or DoneParser directly.
-
-
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlParser::PushTagHandler}\label{wxhtmlparserpushtaghandler}
-
-\func{void}{PushTagHandler}{\param{wxHtmlTagHandler* }{handler}, \param{wxString }{tags}}
-
-Forces the handler to handle additional tags 
-(not returned by \helpref{GetSupportedTags}{wxhtmltaghandlergetsupportedtags}). 
-The handler should already be added to this parser.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{handler}{the handler}
-\docparam{tags}{List of tags (in same format as GetSupportedTags's return value). The parser
-will redirect these tags to {\it handler} (until call to \helpref{PopTagHandler}{wxhtmlparserpoptaghandler}). }
-
-\wxheading{Example}
-
-Imagine you want to parse following pseudo-html structure:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-<myitems>
-    <param name="one" value="1">
-    <param name="two" value="2">
-</myitems>
-
-<execute>
-    <param program="text.exe">
-</execute>
-\end{verbatim}
-
-It is obvious that you cannot use only one tag handler for <param> tag.
-Instead you must use context-sensitive handlers for <param> inside <myitems>
-and <param> inside <execute>.        
-
-This is the preferred solution:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-TAG_HANDLER_BEGIN(MYITEM, "MYITEMS")
-    TAG_HANDLER_PROC(tag)
-    {
-        // ...something...
-
-        m_Parser -> PushTagHandler(this, "PARAM");
-        ParseInner(tag);
-        m_Parser -> PopTagHandler();
-
-        // ...something...
-     }
-TAG_HANDLER_END(MYITEM)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlParser::PopTagHandler}\label{wxhtmlparserpoptaghandler}
-
-\func{void}{PopTagHandler}{\void}
-
-Restores parser's state before last call to 
-\helpref{PushTagHandler}{wxhtmlparserpushtaghandler}.
-
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlParser::SetFS}\label{wxhtmlparsersetfs}
-
-\func{void}{SetFS}{\param{wxFileSystem }{*fs}}
-
-Sets the virtual file system that will be used to request additional
-files. (For example {\tt <IMG>} tag handler requests wxFSFile with the
-image data.)
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlParser::StopParsing}\label{wxhtmlparserstopparsing}
-
-\func{void}{StopParsing}{\void}
-
-Call this function to interrupt parsing from a tag handler. No more tags
-will be parsed afterward. This function may only be called from
-\helpref{wxHtmlParser::Parse}{wxhtmlparserparse} or any function called
-by it (i.e. from tag handlers).
-

docs/latex/wx/htprint.tex

@@ -1,106 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% htmprint.h at 17/Oct/99 12:48:02
-%
-
-
-\section{\class{wxHtmlPrintout}}\label{wxhtmlprintout}
-
-This class serves as printout class for HTML documents.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxPrintout}{wxprintout}
-
-
-\wxheading{Include files}
-
-<wx/html/htmprint.h>
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlPrintout::wxHtmlPrintout}\label{wxhtmlprintoutwxhtmlprintout}
-
-\func{}{wxHtmlPrintout}{\param{const wxString\& }{title = "Printout"}}
-
-Constructor. 
-
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlPrintout::SetFonts}\label{wxhtmlprintoutsetfonts}
-
-\func{void}{SetFonts}{\param{wxString }{normal\_face}, \param{wxString }{fixed\_face}, \param{const int }{*sizes = NULL}}
-
-Sets fonts. See \helpref{wxHtmlWindow::SetFonts}{wxhtmlwindowsetfonts} for
-detailed description.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlPrintout::SetFooter}\label{wxhtmlprintoutsetfooter}
-
-\func{void}{SetFooter}{\param{const wxString\& }{footer}, \param{int }{pg = wxPAGE\_ALL}}
-
-Sets page footer.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{footer}{HTML text to be used as footer. You can use macros in it:
-\begin{itemize}
-\item @PAGENUM@ is replaced by page number
-\item @PAGESCNT@ is replaced by total number of pages
-\end{itemize}
-}
-
-\docparam{pg}{one of wxPAGE\_ODD, wxPAGE\_EVEN and wxPAGE\_ALL constants.}
-
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlPrintout::SetHeader}\label{wxhtmlprintoutsetheader}
-
-\func{void}{SetHeader}{\param{const wxString\& }{header}, \param{int }{pg = wxPAGE\_ALL}}
-
-Sets page header.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{header}{HTML text to be used as header. You can use macros in it:
-\begin{itemize}
-\item @PAGENUM@ is replaced by page number
-\item @PAGESCNT@ is replaced by total number of pages
-\end{itemize}
-}
-
-\docparam{pg}{one of wxPAGE\_ODD, wxPAGE\_EVEN and wxPAGE\_ALL constants.}
-
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlPrintout::SetHtmlFile}\label{wxhtmlprintoutsethtmlfile}
-
-\func{void}{SetHtmlFile}{\param{const wxString\& }{htmlfile}}
-
-Prepare the class for printing this HTML {\bf file}. The file may be located on 
-any virtual file system or it may be normal file.
-
-
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlPrintout::SetHtmlText}\label{wxhtmlprintoutsethtmltext}
-
-\func{void}{SetHtmlText}{\param{const wxString\& }{html}, \param{const wxString\& }{basepath = wxEmptyString}, \param{bool }{isdir = true}}
-
-Prepare the class for printing this HTML text.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{html}{HTML text. (NOT file!)}
-
-\docparam{basepath}{base directory (html string would be stored there if it was in
-file). It is used to determine path for loading images, for example.}
-
-\docparam{isdir}{false if basepath is filename, true if it is directory name
-(see \helpref{wxFileSystem}{wxfilesystem} for detailed explanation)}
-
-
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlPrintout::SetMargins}\label{wxhtmlprintoutsetmargins}
-
-\func{void}{SetMargins}{\param{float }{top = 25.2}, \param{float }{bottom = 25.2}, \param{float }{left = 25.2}, \param{float }{right = 25.2}, \param{float }{spaces = 5}}
-
-Sets margins in millimeters. Defaults to 1 inch for margins and 0.5cm for space
-between text and header and/or footer
-

docs/latex/wx/httag.tex

@@ -1,194 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% htmltag.tex at 14/Mar/99 20:13:37
-%
-
-\section{\class{wxHtmlTag}}\label{wxhtmltag}
-
-This class represents a single HTML tag. 
-It is used by \helpref{tag handlers}{handlers}.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-wxObject
-
-\wxheading{Include files}
-
-<wx/html/htmltag.h>
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlTag::wxHtmlTag}\label{wxhtmltagwxhtmltag}
-
-\func{}{wxHtmlTag}{\param{const wxString\& }{source}, \param{int }{pos}, \param{int }{end\_pos}, \param{wxHtmlTagsCache* }{cache}}
-
-Constructor. You will probably never have to construct a wxHtmlTag object
-yourself. Feel free to ignore the constructor parameters.
-Have a look at src/html/htmlpars.cpp if you're interested in creating it.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlTag::GetAllParams}\label{wxhtmltaggetallparams}
-
-\constfunc{const wxString\&}{GetAllParams}{\void}
-
-Returns a string containing all parameters.
-
-Example : tag contains {\tt <FONT SIZE=+2 COLOR="\#000000">}. Call to
-tag.GetAllParams() would return {\tt SIZE=+2 COLOR="\#000000"}.
-
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlTag::GetBeginPos}\label{wxhtmltaggetbeginpos}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetBeginPos}{\void}
-
-Returns beginning position of the text {\it between} this tag and paired
-ending tag. 
-See explanation (returned position is marked with `|'):
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-bla bla bla <MYTAG> bla bla internal text</MYTAG> bla bla
-                   |
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlTag::GetEndPos1}\label{wxhtmltaggetendpos1}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetEndPos1}{\void}
-
-Returns ending position of the text {\it between} this tag and paired
-ending tag.
-See explanation (returned position is marked with `|'):
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-bla bla bla <MYTAG> bla bla internal text</MYTAG> bla bla
-                                        |
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlTag::GetEndPos2}\label{wxhtmltaggetendpos2}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetEndPos2}{\void}
-
-Returns ending position 2 of the text {\it between} this tag and paired
-ending tag.
-See explanation (returned position is marked with `|'):
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-bla bla bla <MYTAG> bla bla internal text</MYTAG> bla bla
-                                               |
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlTag::GetName}\label{wxhtmltaggetname}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetName}{\void}
-
-Returns tag's name. The name is always in uppercase and it doesn't contain
-'<' or '/' characters. (So the name of {\tt <FONT SIZE=+2>} tag is "FONT"
-and name of {\tt </table>} is "TABLE")
-
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlTag::GetParam}\label{wxhtmltaggetparam}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetParam}{\param{const wxString\& }{par}, \param{bool }{with\_commas = false}}
-
-Returns the value of the parameter. You should check whether the
-parameter exists or not (use \helpref{HasParam}{wxhtmltaghasparam}) first.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{par}{The parameter's name.}
-
-\docparam{with\_commas}{true if you want to get commas as well. See example.}
-
-\wxheading{Example}
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-...
-/* you have wxHtmlTag variable tag which is equal to
-   HTML tag <FONT SIZE=+2 COLOR="#0000FF"> */
-dummy = tag.GetParam("SIZE");
-   // dummy == "+2"
-dummy = tag.GetParam("COLOR");
-   // dummy == "#0000FF"
-dummy = tag.GetParam("COLOR", true);
-   // dummy == "\"#0000FF\"" -- see the difference!!
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlTag::GetParamAsColour}\label{wxhtmltaggetparamascolour}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{GetParamAsColour}{\param{const wxString\& }{par}, \param{wxColour *}{clr}}
-
-Interprets tag parameter {\it par} as colour specification and saves its value
-into wxColour variable pointed by {\it clr}.
-
-Returns true on success and false if {\it par} is not colour specification or
-if the tag has no such parameter.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlTag::GetParamAsInt}\label{wxhtmltaggetparamasint}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{GetParamAsInt}{\param{const wxString\& }{par}, \param{int *}{value}}
-
-Interprets tag parameter {\it par} as an integer and saves its value
-into int variable pointed by {\it value}.
-
-Returns true on success and false if {\it par} is not an integer or
-if the tag has no such parameter.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlTag::HasEnding}\label{wxhtmltaghasending}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{HasEnding}{\void}
-
-Returns true if this tag is paired with ending tag, false otherwise.
-
-See the example of HTML document:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-<html><body>
-Hello<p>
-How are you?
-<p align=center>This is centered...</p>
-Oops<br>Oooops!
-</body></html>
-\end{verbatim}
-
-In this example tags HTML and BODY have ending tags, first P and BR 
-doesn't have ending tag while the second P has. The third P tag (which
-is ending itself) of course doesn't have ending tag.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlTag::HasParam}\label{wxhtmltaghasparam}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{HasParam}{\param{const wxString\& }{par}}
-
-Returns true if the tag has a parameter of the given name. 
-Example : {\tt <FONT SIZE=+2 COLOR="\#FF00FF">} has two parameters named
-"SIZE" and "COLOR".
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{par}{the parameter you're looking for.}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlTag::IsEnding}\label{wxhtmltagisending}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{IsEnding}{\void}
-
-Returns true if this tag is ending one.
-({\tt </FONT>} is ending tag, {\tt <FONT>} is not)
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlTag::ScanParam}\label{wxhtmltagscanparam}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{ScanParam}{\param{const wxString\& }{par}, \param{const wxChar *}{format}, \param{void *}{value}}
-
-This method scans the given parameter. Usage is exactly the same as sscanf's 
-usage except that you don't pass a string but a parameter name as the first
-argument
-and you can only retrieve one value (i.e. you can use only one "\%" element
-in {\it format}).
-
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{par}{The name of the tag you want to query}
-
-\docparam{format}{scanf()-like format string.}
-
-\docparam{value}{pointer to a variable to store the value in }
-

docs/latex/wx/httaghnd.tex

@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% htmltaghandler.tex at 18/Mar/99 19:20:29
-%
-
-\section{\class{wxHtmlTagHandler}}\label{wxhtmltaghandler}
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
-
-\wxheading{Include files}
-
-<wx/html/htmlpars.h>
-
-\wxheading{See Also}
-
-\helpref{Overview}{handlers},
-\helpref{wxHtmlTag}{wxhtmltag}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlTagHandler::m\_Parser}\label{wxhtmltaghandlermparser}
-
-{\bf wxHtmlParser* m\_Parser}
-
-This attribute is used to access parent parser. It is protected so that
-it can't be accessed by user but can be accessed from derived classes.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlTagHandler::wxHtmlTagHandler}\label{wxhtmltaghandlerwxhtmltaghandler}
-
-\func{}{wxHtmlTagHandler}{\void}
-
-Constructor.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlTagHandler::GetSupportedTags}\label{wxhtmltaghandlergetsupportedtags}
-
-\func{virtual wxString}{GetSupportedTags}{\void}
-
-Returns list of supported tags. The list is in uppercase and tags
-are delimited by ','. Example : {\tt "I,B,FONT,P" }
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlTagHandler::HandleTag}\label{wxhtmltaghandlerhandletag}
-
-\func{virtual bool}{HandleTag}{\param{const wxHtmlTag\& }{tag}}
-
-This is the core method of each handler. It is called each time
-one of supported tags is detected. {\it tag} contains all necessary
-info (see \helpref{wxHtmlTag}{wxhtmltag} for details).
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-true if \helpref{ParseInner}{wxhtmltaghandlerparseinner} was called,
-false otherwise.
-
-\wxheading{Example}
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-bool MyHandler::HandleTag(const wxHtmlTag& tag)
-{
-    ...
-    // change state of parser (e.g. set bold face)
-    ParseInner(tag);
-    ...
-    // restore original state of parser
-}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-You shouldn't call ParseInner if the tag is not paired with an ending one.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlTagHandler::ParseInner}\label{wxhtmltaghandlerparseinner}
-
-\func{void}{ParseInner}{\param{const wxHtmlTag\& }{tag}}
-
-This method calls parser's \helpref{DoParsing}{wxhtmlparserdoparsing} method
-for the string between this tag and the paired ending tag:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-...<A HREF="x.htm">Hello, world!</A>...
-\end{verbatim}
-
-In this example, a call to ParseInner (with {\it tag} pointing to A tag)
-will parse 'Hello, world!'.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlTagHandler::SetParser}\label{wxhtmltaghandlersetparser}
-
-\func{virtual void}{SetParser}{\param{wxHtmlParser }{*parser}}
-
-Assigns {\it parser} to this handler. Each {\bf instance} of handler 
-is guaranteed to be called only from the parser.
-

docs/latex/wx/httagmod.tex

@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% htmltagsmodule.tex at 14/Mar/99 20:13:37
-
-\section{\class{wxHtmlTagsModule}}\label{wxhtmltagsmodule}
-
-This class provides easy way of filling wxHtmlWinParser's table of
-tag handlers. It is used almost exclusively together with the set of
-\helpref{TAGS\_MODULE\_* macros}{handlers}
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxModule}{wxmodule}
-
-\wxheading{Include files}
-
-<wx/html/winpars.h>
-
-\wxheading{See Also}
-
-\helpref{Tag Handlers}{handlers},
-\helpref{wxHtmlTagHandler}{wxhtmltaghandler},
-\helpref{wxHtmlWinTagHandler}{wxhtmlwintaghandler},
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlTagsModule::FillHandlersTable}\label{wxhtmltagsmodulefillhandlerstable}
-
-\func{virtual void}{FillHandlersTable}{\param{wxHtmlWinParser }{*parser}}
-
-You must override this method. In most common case its body consists
-only of lines of the following type:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-parser -> AddTagHandler(new MyHandler);
-\end{verbatim}
-
-I recommend using the {\bf TAGS\_MODULE\_*} macros.
-
-\wxheading{Paremeters}
-
-\docparam{parser}{Pointer to the parser that requested tables filling.}
-

docs/latex/wx/http.tex

@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-\section{\class{wxHTTP}}\label{wxhttp}
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxProtocol}{wxprotocol}
-
-\wxheading{Include files}
-
-<wx/protocol/http.h>
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxSocketBase}{wxsocketbase}, \helpref{wxURL}{wxurl}
-
-% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-% Members
-% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-\membersection{wxHTTP::GetInputStream}\label{wxhttpgetinputstream}
-
-\func{wxInputStream *}{GetInputStream}{\param{const wxString\&}{ path}}
-
-Creates a new input stream on the the specified path. You can use all except the seek
-functionality of wxStream. Seek isn't available on all streams. For example,
-http or ftp streams doesn't deal with it. Other functions like Tell and SeekI
-for this sort of stream.
-You will be notified when the EOF is reached by an error.
-
-\wxheading{Note}
-
-You can know the size of the file you are getting using \helpref{wxStreamBase::GetSize()}{wxstreambasegetsize}.
-But there is a limitation: as HTTP servers aren't obliged to pass the size of
-the file, in some case, you will be returned 0xfffffff by GetSize(). In these
-cases, you should use the value returned by \helpref{wxInputStream::LastRead()}{wxinputstreamlastread}:
-this value will be 0 when the stream is finished.
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-Returns the initialized stream. You will have to delete it yourself once you
-don't use it anymore. The destructor closes the network connection.
-The next time you will try to get a file the network connection will have
-to be reestablished: but you don't have to take care of this wxHTTP reestablishes it automatically.
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{wxInputStream}{wxinputstream}
-
-% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-\membersection{wxHTTP::SetHeader}
-
-\func{void}{SetHeader}{\param{const wxString\&}{ header}, \param{const wxString\&}{ h\_data}}
-
-It sets data of a field to be sent during the next request to the HTTP server. The field
-name is specified by {\it header} and the content by {\it h\_data}.
-This is a low level function and it assumes that you know what you are doing.
-
-\membersection{wxHTTP::GetHeader}
-
-\func{wxString}{GetHeader}{\param{const wxString\&}{ header}}
-
-Returns the data attached with a field whose name is specified by {\it header}.
-If the field doesn't exist, it will return an empty string and not a NULL string.
-
-\wxheading{Note}
-
-The header is not case-sensitive: I mean that "CONTENT-TYPE" and "content-type" 
-represent the same header.
-

docs/latex/wx/htwidget.tex

@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% htmlcell.h at 14/Apr/99 20:12:40
-%
-
-\section{\class{wxHtmlWidgetCell}}\label{wxhtmlwidgetcell}
-
-wxHtmlWidgetCell is a class that provides a connection between HTML cells and widgets (an object derived
-from wxWindow). You can use it to display things like forms, input boxes etc. in an HTML window.
-
-wxHtmlWidgetCell takes care of resizing and moving window.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxHtmlCell}{wxhtmlcell}
-
-\wxheading{Include files}
-
-<wx/html/htmlcell.h>
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWidgetCell::wxHtmlWidgetCell}\label{wxhtmlwidgetcellwxhtmlwidgetcell}
-
-\func{}{wxHtmlWidgetCell}{\param{wxWindow* }{wnd}, \param{int }{w = 0}}
-
-Constructor.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{wnd}{Connected window. It is parent window {\bf must} be the wxHtmlWindow object within
-which it is displayed!}
-
-\docparam{w}{Floating width. If non-zero width of {\it wnd} window is adjusted so that it is
-always {\it w} percents of parent container's width. (For example w = 100 means that the window
-will always have same width as parent container)}
-

docs/latex/wx/htwindow.tex

@@ -1,383 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% htmlwindow.tex at 14/Mar/99 20:13:37
-%
-
-\section{\class{wxHtmlWindow}}\label{wxhtmlwindow}
-
-wxHtmlWindow is probably the only class you will directly use
-unless you want to do something special (like adding new tag
-handlers or MIME filters).
-
-The purpose of this class is to display HTML pages (either local
-file or downloaded via HTTP protocol) in a window. The width
-of the window is constant - given in the constructor - and virtual height
-is changed dynamically depending on page size.
-Once the window is created you can set its content by calling 
-\helpref{SetPage(text)}{wxhtmlwindowsetpage},
-\helpref{LoadPage(filename)}{wxhtmlwindowloadpage} or
-\helpref{LoadFile}{wxhtmlwindowloadfile}.
-
-\wxheading{Note}
-
-wxHtmlWindow uses the \helpref{wxImage}{wximage} class for displaying images.
-Don't forget to initialize all image formats you need before loading any page!
-(See \helpref{wxInitAllImageHandlers}{wxinitallimagehandlers} and
-\helpref{wxImage::AddHandler}{wximageaddhandler}.)
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxScrolledWindow}{wxscrolledwindow}
-
-\wxheading{Include files}
-
-<wx/html/htmlwin.h>
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWindow::wxHtmlWindow}\label{wxhtmlwindowwxhtmlwindow}
-
-\func{}{wxHtmlWindow}{\void}
-
-Default constructor.
-
-\func{}{wxHtmlWindow}{\param{wxWindow }{*parent}, \param{wxWindowID }{id = -1}, \param{const wxPoint\& }{pos = wxDefaultPosition}, \param{const wxSize\& }{size = wxDefaultSize}, \param{long }{style = wxHW\_SCROLLBAR\_AUTO}, \param{const wxString\& }{name = "htmlWindow"}}
-
-Constructor. The parameters are the same as for the \helpref{wxScrolledWindow}{wxscrolledwindow} constructor.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{style}{wxHW\_SCROLLBAR\_NEVER,  or wxHW\_SCROLLBAR\_AUTO. 
-Affects the appearance of vertical scrollbar in the window.}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWindow::AddFilter}\label{wxhtmlwindowaddfilter}
-
-\func{static void}{AddFilter}{\param{wxHtmlFilter }{*filter}}
-
-Adds \helpref{input filter}{filters} to the static list of available
-filters. These filters are present by default:
-
-\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
-\item {\tt text/html} MIME type
-\item {\tt image/*} MIME types
-\item Plain Text filter (this filter is used if no other filter matches)
-\end{itemize}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWindow::AppendToPage}\label{wxhtmlwindowappendtopage}
-
-\func{bool}{AppendToPage}{\param{const wxString\& }{source}}
-
-Appends HTML fragment to currently displayed text and refreshes the window. 
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{source}{HTML code fragment}
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-false if an error occurred, true otherwise.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWindow::GetInternalRepresentation}\label{wxhtmlwindowgetinternalrepresentation}
-
-\constfunc{wxHtmlContainerCell*}{GetInternalRepresentation}{\void}
-
-Returns pointer to the top-level container.
-
-See also: \helpref{Cells Overview}{cells}, 
-\helpref{Printing Overview}{printing}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWindow::GetOpenedAnchor}\label{wxhtmlwindowgetopenedanchor}
-
-\func{wxString}{GetOpenedAnchor}{\void}
-
-Returns anchor within currently opened page
-(see \helpref{GetOpenedPage}{wxhtmlwindowgetopenedpage}). 
-If no page is opened or if the displayed page wasn't
-produced by call to LoadPage, empty string is returned.
-
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWindow::GetOpenedPage}\label{wxhtmlwindowgetopenedpage}
-
-\func{wxString}{GetOpenedPage}{\void}
-
-Returns full location of the opened page. If no page is opened or if the displayed page wasn't
-produced by call to LoadPage, empty string is returned.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWindow::GetOpenedPageTitle}\label{wxhtmlwindowgetopenedpagetitle}
-
-\func{wxString}{GetOpenedPageTitle}{\void}
-
-Returns title of the opened page or wxEmptyString if current page does not contain {\tt <TITLE>} tag.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWindow::GetRelatedFrame}\label{wxhtmlwindowgetrelatedframe}
-
-\constfunc{wxFrame*}{GetRelatedFrame}{\void}
-
-Returns the related frame.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWindow::HistoryBack}\label{wxhtmlwindowhistoryback}
-
-\func{bool}{HistoryBack}{\void}
-
-Moves back to the previous page. (each page displayed using 
-\helpref{LoadPage}{wxhtmlwindowloadpage} is stored in history list.)
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWindow::HistoryCanBack}\label{wxhtmlwindowhistorycanback}
-
-\func{bool}{HistoryCanBack}{\void}
-
-Returns true if it is possible to go back in the history (i.e. HistoryBack()
-won't fail).
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWindow::HistoryCanForward}\label{wxhtmlwindowhistorycanforward}
-
-\func{bool}{HistoryCanForward}{\void}
-
-Returns true if it is possible to go forward in the history (i.e. HistoryBack()
-won't fail).
-
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWindow::HistoryClear}\label{wxhtmlwindowhistoryclear}
-
-\func{void}{HistoryClear}{\void}
-
-Clears history.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWindow::HistoryForward}\label{wxhtmlwindowhistoryforward}
-
-\func{bool}{HistoryForward}{\void}
-
-Moves to next page in history.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWindow::LoadFile}\label{wxhtmlwindowloadfile}
-
-\func{virtual bool}{LoadFile}{\param{const wxFileName\& }{filename}}
-
-Loads HTML page from file and displays it.
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-false if an error occurred, true otherwise
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{LoadPage}{wxhtmlwindowloadpage}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWindow::LoadPage}\label{wxhtmlwindowloadpage}
-
-\func{virtual bool}{LoadPage}{\param{const wxString\& }{location}}
-
-Unlike SetPage this function first loads HTML page from {\it location} 
-and then displays it. See example:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-htmlwin->LoadPage("help/myproject/index.htm");
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{location}{The address of document. See \helpref{wxFileSystem}{wxfilesystem} for details on address format and behaviour of "opener".}
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-false if an error occurred, true otherwise
-
-\wxheading{See also}
-
-\helpref{LoadFile}{wxhtmlwindowloadfile}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWindow::OnCellClicked}\label{wxhtmlwindowoncellclicked}
-
-\func{virtual void}{OnCellClicked}{\param{wxHtmlCell }{*cell}, \param{wxCoord }{x}, \param{wxCoord }{y}, \param{const wxMouseEvent\& }{event}}
-
-This method is called when a mouse button is clicked inside wxHtmlWindow.
-The default behaviour is to call 
-\helpref{OnLinkClicked}{wxhtmlwindowonlinkclicked} if the cell contains a
-hypertext link.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{cell}{The cell inside which the mouse was clicked, always a simple
-(i.e. non container) cell}
-
-\docparam{x, y}{The logical coordinates of the click point}
-
-\docparam{event}{The mouse event containing other information about the click}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWindow::OnCellMouseHover}\label{wxhtmlwindowoncellmousehover}
-
-\func{virtual void}{OnCellMouseHover}{\param{wxHtmlCell }{*cell}, \param{wxCoord }{x}, \param{wxCoord }{y}}
-
-This method is called when a mouse moves over an HTML cell.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{cell}{The cell inside which the mouse is currently, always a simple
-(i.e. non container) cell}
-
-\docparam{x, y}{The logical coordinates of the click point}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWindow::OnLinkClicked}\label{wxhtmlwindowonlinkclicked}
-
-\func{virtual void}{OnLinkClicked}{\param{const wxHtmlLinkInfo\& }{link}}
-
-Called when user clicks on hypertext link. Default behaviour is to call 
-\helpref{LoadPage}{wxhtmlwindowloadpage} and do nothing else.
-
-Also see \helpref{wxHtmlLinkInfo}{wxhtmllinkinfo}.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWindow::OnOpeningURL}\label{wxhtmlwindowonopeningurl}
-
-\func{virtual wxHtmlOpeningStatus}{OnOpeningURL}{\param{wxHtmlURLType }{type},\param{const wxString\& }{url}, \param{wxString *}{redirect}}
-
-Called when an URL is being opened (either when the user clicks on a link or
-an image is loaded). The URL will be opened only if OnOpeningURL returns 
-{\tt wxHTML\_OPEN}. This method is called by
-\helpref{wxHtmlParser::OpenURL}{wxhtmlparseropenurl}.
-You can override OnOpeningURL to selectively block some
-URLs (e.g. for security reasons) or to redirect them elsewhere. Default
-behaviour is to always return {\tt wxHTML\_OPEN}.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{type}{Indicates type of the resource. Is one of
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxHTML\_URL\_PAGE}}{Opening a HTML page.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxHTML\_URL\_IMAGE}}{Opening an image.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxHTML\_URL\_OTHER}}{Opening a resource that doesn't fall into
-any other category.}
-\end{twocollist}}
-
-\docparam{url}{URL being opened.}
-
-\docparam{redirect}{Pointer to wxString variable that must be filled with an
-URL if OnOpeningURL returns {\tt wxHTML\_REDIRECT}.}
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxHTML\_OPEN}}{Open the URL.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxHTML\_BLOCK}}{Deny access to the URL, \helpref{wxHtmlParser::OpenURL}{wxhtmlparseropenurl} will return NULL.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxHTML\_REDIRECT}}{Don't open {\it url}, redirect to another
-URL. OnOpeningURL must fill {\it *redirect} with the new URL. OnOpeningURL will
-be called again on returned URL.}
-\end{twocollist}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWindow::OnSetTitle}\label{wxhtmlwindowonsettitle}
-
-\func{virtual void}{OnSetTitle}{\param{const wxString\& }{title}}
-
-Called on parsing {\tt <TITLE>} tag.
-
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWindow::ReadCustomization}\label{wxhtmlwindowreadcustomization}
-
-\func{virtual void}{ReadCustomization}{\param{wxConfigBase }{*cfg}, \param{wxString }{path = wxEmptyString}}
-
-This reads custom settings from wxConfig. It uses the path 'path'
-if given, otherwise it saves info into currently selected path.
-The values are stored in sub-path {\tt wxHtmlWindow}
-
-Read values: all things set by SetFonts, SetBorders.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{cfg}{wxConfig from which you want to read the configuration.}
-
-\docparam{path}{Optional path in config tree. If not given current path is used.}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWindow::SetBorders}\label{wxhtmlwindowsetborders}
-
-\func{void}{SetBorders}{\param{int }{b}}
-
-This function sets the space between border of window and HTML contents. See image:
-
-\helponly{\image{}{border.bmp}}
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{b}{indentation from borders in pixels}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWindow::SetFonts}\label{wxhtmlwindowsetfonts}
-
-\func{void}{SetFonts}{\param{wxString }{normal\_face}, \param{wxString }{fixed\_face}, \param{const int }{*sizes = NULL}}
-
-This function sets font sizes and faces.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{normal\_face}{This is face name for normal (i.e. non-fixed) font. 
-It can be either empty string (then the default face is chosen) or
-platform-specific face name. Examples are "helvetica" under Unix or
-"Times New Roman" under Windows.}
-
-\docparam{fixed\_face}{The same thing for fixed face ( <TT>..</TT> )}
-
-\docparam{sizes}{This is an array of 7 items of {\it int} type.
-The values represent size of font with HTML size from -2 to +4
-( <FONT SIZE=-2> to <FONT SIZE=+4> ). Default sizes are used if {\it sizes}
-is NULL.}
-
-\wxheading{Defaults}
-
-Default font sizes are defined by constants wxHTML\_FONT\_SIZE\_1,
-wxHTML\_FONT\_SIZE\_2, ..., wxHTML\_FONT\_SIZE\_7. Note that they differ among
-platforms. Default face names are empty strings.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWindow::SetPage}\label{wxhtmlwindowsetpage}
-
-\func{bool}{SetPage}{\param{const wxString\& }{source}}
-
-Sets HTML page and display it. This won't {\bf load} the page!!
-It will display the {\it source}. See example:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-htmlwin -> SetPage("<html><body>Hello, world!</body></html>");
-\end{verbatim}
-
-If you want to load a document from some location use 
-\helpref{LoadPage}{wxhtmlwindowloadpage} instead.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{source}{The HTML document source to be displayed.}
-
-\wxheading{Return value}
-
-false if an error occurred, true otherwise.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWindow::SetRelatedFrame}\label{wxhtmlwindowsetrelatedframe}
-
-\func{void}{SetRelatedFrame}{\param{wxFrame* }{frame}, \param{const wxString\& }{format}}
-
-Sets the frame in which page title will be displayed. {\it format} is format of
-frame title, e.g. "HtmlHelp : \%s". It must contain exactly one \%s. This
-\%s is substituted with HTML page title.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWindow::SetRelatedStatusBar}\label{wxhtmlwindowsetrelatedstatusbar}
-
-\func{void}{SetRelatedStatusBar}{\param{int }{bar}}
-
-{\bf After} calling \helpref{SetRelatedFrame}{wxhtmlwindowsetrelatedframe},
-this sets statusbar slot where messages will be displayed.
-(Default is -1 = no messages.)
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{bar}{statusbar slot number (0..n)}
-
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWindow::WriteCustomization}\label{wxhtmlwindowwritecustomization}
-
-\func{virtual void}{WriteCustomization}{\param{wxConfigBase }{*cfg}, \param{wxString }{path = wxEmptyString}}
-
-Saves custom settings into wxConfig. It uses the path 'path'
-if given, otherwise it saves info into currently selected path.
-Regardless of whether the path is given or not, the function creates sub-path 
-{\tt wxHtmlWindow}.
-
-Saved values: all things set by SetFonts, SetBorders.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{cfg}{wxConfig to which you want to save the configuration.}
-
-\docparam{path}{Optional path in config tree. If not given, the current path is used.}
-

docs/latex/wx/htwinhnd.tex

@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% htmlwintaghandler.tex at 14/Mar/99 20:13:37
-%
-
-\section{\class{wxHtmlWinTagHandler}}\label{wxhtmlwintaghandler}
-
-This is basically wxHtmlTagHandler except that
-it is extended with protected member m\_WParser pointing to
-the wxHtmlWinParser object (value of this member is identical
-to wxHtmlParser's m\_Parser).
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxHtmlTagHandler}{wxhtmltaghandler}
-
-\wxheading{Include files}
-
-<wx/html/winpars.h>
-
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWinTagHandler::m\_WParser}\label{wxhtmlwintaghandlerwxhtmlwintaghandlermwparser}
-
-{\bf wxHtmlWinParser* m\_WParser}
-
-Value of this attribute is identical to value of m\_Parser. The only different
-is that m\_WParser points to wxHtmlWinParser object while m\_Parser
-points to wxHtmlParser object. (The same object, but overcast.)
-

docs/latex/wx/htwinprs.tex

@@ -1,298 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% htmlwinparser.tex at 14/Mar/99 20:13:37
-%
-
-\section{\class{wxHtmlWinParser}}\label{wxhtmlwinparser}
-
-This class is derived from \helpref{wxHtmlParser}{wxhtmlparser} and
-its main goal is to parse HTML input so that it can be displayed in
-\helpref{wxHtmlWindow}{wxhtmlwindow}. It uses a special 
-\helpref{wxHtmlWinTagHandler}{wxhtmlwintaghandler}.
-
-\wxheading{Notes}
-
-The product of parsing is a wxHtmlCell (resp. wxHtmlContainer) object.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxHtmlParser}{wxhtmlparser}
-
-\wxheading{Include files}
-
-<wx/html/winpars.h>
-
-\wxheading{See Also}
-
-\helpref{Handlers overview}{handlers}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWinParser::wxHtmlWinParser}\label{wxhtmlwinparserwxhtmlwinparser}
-
-\func{}{wxHtmlWinParser}{\void}
-
-\func{}{wxHtmlWinParser}{\param{wxHtmlWindow }{*wnd}}
-
-Constructor. Don't use the default one, use constructor with
-{\it wnd} parameter ({\it wnd} is pointer to associated \helpref{wxHtmlWindow}{wxhtmlwindow})
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWinParser::AddModule}\label{wxhtmlwinparseraddmodule}
-
-\func{static void}{AddModule}{\param{wxHtmlTagsModule }{*module}}
-
-Adds \helpref{module}{handlers} to the list of wxHtmlWinParser tag handler.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWinParser::CloseContainer}\label{wxhtmlwinparserclosecontainer}
-
-\func{wxHtmlContainerCell*}{CloseContainer}{\void}
-
-Closes the container, sets actual container to the parent one
-and returns pointer to it (see \helpref{Overview}{cells}).
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWinParser::CreateCurrentFont}\label{wxhtmlwinparsercreatecurrentfont}
-
-\func{virtual wxFont*}{CreateCurrentFont}{\void}
-
-Creates font based on current setting (see 
-\helpref{SetFontSize}{wxhtmlwinparsersetfontsize}, 
-\helpref{SetFontBold}{wxhtmlwinparsersetfontbold}, 
-\helpref{SetFontItalic}{wxhtmlwinparsersetfontitalic}, 
-\helpref{SetFontFixed}{wxhtmlwinparsersetfontfixed}, 
-\helpref{SetFontUnderlined}{wxhtmlwinparsersetfontunderlined})
-and returns pointer to it.
-If the font was already created only a pointer is returned.
-
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWinParser::GetActualColor}\label{wxhtmlwinparsergetactualcolor}
-
-\constfunc{const wxColour\&}{GetActualColor}{\void}
-
-Returns actual text colour.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWinParser::GetAlign}\label{wxhtmlwinparsergetalign}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetAlign}{\void}
-
-Returns default horizontal alignment.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWinParser::GetCharHeight}\label{wxhtmlwinparsergetcharheight}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetCharHeight}{\void}
-
-Returns (average) char height in standard font. It is used as DC-independent metrics.
-
-{\bf Note:} This function doesn't return the {\it actual} height. If you want to
-know the height of the current font, call {\tt GetDC -> GetCharHeight()}.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWinParser::GetCharWidth}\label{wxhtmlwinparsergetcharwidth}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetCharWidth}{\void}
-
-Returns average char width in standard font. It is used as DC-independent metrics.
-
-{\bf Note:} This function doesn't return the {\it actual} width. If you want to
-know the height of the current font, call {\tt GetDC -> GetCharWidth()}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWinParser::GetContainer}\label{wxhtmlwinparsergetcontainer}
-
-\constfunc{wxHtmlContainerCell*}{GetContainer}{\void}
-
-Returns pointer to the currently opened container (see \helpref{Overview}{cells}).
-Common use:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-m_WParser -> GetContainer() -> InsertCell(new ...);
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWinParser::GetDC}\label{wxhtmlwinparsergetdc}
-
-\func{wxDC*}{GetDC}{\void}
-
-Returns pointer to the DC used during parsing.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWinParser::GetEncodingConverter}\label{wxhtmlwinparsergetencodingconverter}
-
-\constfunc{wxEncodingConverter *}{GetEncodingConverter}{\void}
-
-Returns \helpref{wxEncodingConverter}{wxencodingconverter} class used
-to do conversion between \helpref{input encoding}{wxhtmlwinparsergetinputencoding} 
-and \helpref{output encoding}{wxhtmlwinparsergetoutputencoding}.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWinParser::GetFontBold}\label{wxhtmlwinparsergetfontbold}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetFontBold}{\void}
-
-Returns true if actual font is bold, false otherwise.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWinParser::GetFontFace}\label{wxhtmlwinparsergetfontface}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetFontFace}{\void}
-
-Returns actual font face name.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWinParser::GetFontFixed}\label{wxhtmlwinparsergetfontfixed}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetFontFixed}{\void}
-
-Returns true if actual font is fixed face, false otherwise.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWinParser::GetFontItalic}\label{wxhtmlwinparsergetfontitalic}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetFontItalic}{\void}
-
-Returns true if actual font is italic, false otherwise.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWinParser::GetFontSize}\label{wxhtmlwinparsergetfontsize}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetFontSize}{\void}
-
-Returns actual font size (HTML size varies from -2 to +4)
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWinParser::GetFontUnderlined}\label{wxhtmlwinparsergetfontunderlined}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetFontUnderlined}{\void}
-
-Returns true if actual font is underlined, false otherwise.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWinParser::GetInputEncoding}\label{wxhtmlwinparsergetinputencoding}
-
-\constfunc{wxFontEncoding}{GetInputEncoding}{\void}
-
-Returns input encoding.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWinParser::GetLink}\label{wxhtmlwinparsergetlink}
-
-\constfunc{const wxHtmlLinkInfo\&}{GetLink}{\void}
-
-Returns actual hypertext link. (This value has a non-empty 
-\helpref{Href}{wxhtmllinkinfogethref} string
-if the parser is between {\tt <A>} and {\tt </A>} tags,
-wxEmptyString otherwise.)
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWinParser::GetLinkColor}\label{wxhtmlwinparsergetlinkcolor}
-
-\constfunc{const wxColour\&}{GetLinkColor}{\void}
-
-Returns the colour of hypertext link text.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWinParser::GetOutputEncoding}\label{wxhtmlwinparsergetoutputencoding}
-
-\constfunc{wxFontEncoding}{GetOutputEncoding}{\void}
-
-Returns output encoding, i.e. closest match to document's input encoding
-that is supported by operating system.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWinParser::GetWindow}\label{wxhtmlwinparsergetwindow}
-
-\func{wxHtmlWindow*}{GetWindow}{\void}
-
-Returns associated window (wxHtmlWindow). This may be NULL! (You should always
-test if it is non-NULL. For example {\tt TITLE} handler sets window
-title only if some window is associated, otherwise it does nothing)
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWinParser::OpenContainer}\label{wxhtmlwinparseropencontainer}
-
-\func{wxHtmlContainerCell*}{OpenContainer}{\void}
-
-Opens new container and returns pointer to it (see \helpref{Overview}{cells}).
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWinParser::SetActualColor}\label{wxhtmlwinparsersetactualcolor}
-
-\func{void}{SetActualColor}{\param{const wxColour\& }{clr}}
-
-Sets actual text colour. Note: this DOESN'T change the colour!
-You must create \helpref{wxHtmlColourCell}{wxhtmlcolourcell} yourself.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWinParser::SetAlign}\label{wxhtmlwinparsersetalign}
-
-\func{void}{SetAlign}{\param{int }{a}}
-
-Sets default horizontal alignment (see 
-\helpref{wxHtmlContainerCell::SetAlignHor}{wxhtmlcontainercellsetalignhor}.)
-Alignment of newly opened container is set to this value.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWinParser::SetContainer}\label{wxhtmlwinparsersetcontainer}
-
-\func{wxHtmlContainerCell*}{SetContainer}{\param{wxHtmlContainerCell *}{c}}
-
-Allows you to directly set opened container. This is not recommended - you should use OpenContainer
-wherever possible.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWinParser::SetDC}\label{wxhtmlwinparsersetdc}
-
-\func{virtual void}{SetDC}{\param{wxDC }{*dc}, \param{double }{pixel\_scale = 1.0}}
-
-Sets the DC. This must be called before \helpref{Parse}{wxhtmlparserparse}!
-{\it pixel\_scale}  can be used when rendering to high-resolution 
-DCs (e.g. printer) to adjust size of pixel metrics. (Many dimensions in 
-HTML are given in pixels -- e.g. image sizes. 300x300 image would be only one
-inch wide on typical printer. With pixel\_scale = 3.0 it would be 3 inches.)
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWinParser::SetFontBold}\label{wxhtmlwinparsersetfontbold}
-
-\func{void}{SetFontBold}{\param{int }{x}}
-
-Sets bold flag of actualfont. {\it x} is either true of false.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWinParser::SetFontFace}\label{wxhtmlwinparsersetfontface}
-
-\func{void}{SetFontFace}{\param{const wxString\& }{face}}
-
-Sets current font face to {\it face}. This affects either fixed size
-font or proportional, depending on context (whether the parser is 
-inside {\tt <TT>} tag or not).
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWinParser::SetFontFixed}\label{wxhtmlwinparsersetfontfixed}
-
-\func{void}{SetFontFixed}{\param{int }{x}}
-
-Sets fixed face flag of actualfont. {\it x} is either true of false.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWinParser::SetFontItalic}\label{wxhtmlwinparsersetfontitalic}
-
-\func{void}{SetFontItalic}{\param{int }{x}}
-
-Sets italic flag of actualfont. {\it x} is either true of false.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWinParser::SetFontSize}\label{wxhtmlwinparsersetfontsize}
-
-\func{void}{SetFontSize}{\param{int }{s}}
-
-Sets actual font size (HTML size varies from 1 to 7)
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWinParser::SetFontUnderlined}\label{wxhtmlwinparsersetfontunderlined}
-
-\func{void}{SetFontUnderlined}{\param{int }{x}}
-
-Sets underlined flag of actualfont. {\it x} is either true of false.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWinParser::SetFonts}\label{wxhtmlwinparsersetfonts}
-
-\func{void}{SetFonts}{\param{wxString }{normal\_face}, \param{wxString }{fixed\_face}, \param{const int }{*sizes = NULL}}
-
-Sets fonts. See \helpref{wxHtmlWindow::SetFonts}{wxhtmlwindowsetfonts} for
-detailed description.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWinParser::SetInputEncoding}\label{wxhtmlwinparsersetinputencoding}
-
-\func{void}{SetInputEncoding}{\param{wxFontEncoding }{enc}}
-
-Sets input encoding. The parser uses this information to build conversion
-tables from document's encoding to some encoding supported by operating
-system.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWinParser::SetLink}\label{wxhtmlwinparsersetlink}
-
-\func{void}{SetLink}{\param{const wxHtmlLinkInfo\& }{link}}
-
-Sets actual hypertext link. Empty link is represented
-by \helpref{wxHtmlLinkInfo}{wxhtmllinkinfo} with {\it Href} equal
-to wxEmptyString.
-
-\membersection{wxHtmlWinParser::SetLinkColor}\label{wxhtmlwinparsersetlinkcolor}
-
-\func{void}{SetLinkColor}{\param{const wxColour\& }{clr}}
-
-Sets colour of hypertext link.
-

include/wx/html/forcelnk.h

@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        forcelnk.h
-// Purpose:     see bellow
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-/*
-
-DESCRPITON:
-
-mod_*.cpp files contain handlers for tags. These files are modules - they contain
-one wxTagModule class and it's OnInit() method is called from wxApp's init method.
-The module is called even if you only link it into the executable, so everything
-seems wonderful.
-
-The problem is that we have these modules in LIBRARY and mod_*.cpp files contain
-no method nor class which is known out of the module. So the linker won't
-link these .o/.obj files into executable because it detected that it is not used
-by the program.
-
-To workaround this I introduced set of macros FORCE_LINK_ME and FORCE_LINK. These
-macros are generic and are not limited to mod_*.cpp files. You may find them quite
-useful somewhere else...
-
-How to use them:
-let's suppose you want to always link file foo.cpp and that you have module
-always.cpp that is certainly always linked (e.g. the one with main() function
-or htmlwin.cpp in wxHtml library).
-
-Place FORCE_LINK_ME(foo) somewhere in foo.cpp and FORCE_LINK(foo) somewhere
-in always.cpp
-See mod_*.cpp and htmlwin.cpp for example :-)
-
-*/
-
-
-#ifndef _WX_FORCELNK_H_
-#define _WX_FORCELNK_H_
-
-
-
-// This must be part of the module you want to force:
-#define FORCE_LINK_ME(module_name)                                    \
-                int _link_dummy_func_##module_name ();                \
-                int _link_dummy_func_##module_name ()                 \
-                {                                                     \
-                    return 1;                                         \
-                }
-
-
-// And this must be somewhere where it certainly will be linked:
-#define FORCE_LINK(module_name)                                       \
-                extern int _link_dummy_func_##module_name ();         \
-                static int _link_dummy_var_##module_name =            \
-                               _link_dummy_func_##module_name ();
-
-#define FORCE_WXHTML_MODULES() \
-    FORCE_LINK(m_layout) \
-    FORCE_LINK(m_fonts) \
-    FORCE_LINK(m_image) \
-    FORCE_LINK(m_list) \
-    FORCE_LINK(m_dflist) \
-    FORCE_LINK(m_pre) \
-    FORCE_LINK(m_hline) \
-    FORCE_LINK(m_links) \
-    FORCE_LINK(m_tables) \
-    FORCE_LINK(m_style)
-
-
-#endif // _WX_FORCELNK_H_

include/wx/html/helpctrl.h

@@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        helpctrl.h
-// Purpose:     wxHtmlHelpController
-// Notes:       Based on htmlhelp.cpp, implementing a monolithic
-//              HTML Help controller class,  by Vaclav Slavik
-// Author:      Harm van der Heijden and Vaclav Slavik
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) Harm van der Heijden and Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_HELPCTRL_H_
-#define _WX_HELPCTRL_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-#pragma interface "helpctrl.h"
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP
-
-#include "wx/html/helpfrm.h"
-#include "wx/helpbase.h"
-
-#define wxID_HTML_HELPFRAME   (wxID_HIGHEST + 1)
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlHelpController : public wxHelpControllerBase // wxEvtHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHtmlHelpController)
-
-public:
-    wxHtmlHelpController(int style = wxHF_DEFAULT_STYLE);
-    virtual ~wxHtmlHelpController();
-
-    void SetTitleFormat(const wxString& format);
-    void SetTempDir(const wxString& path) { m_helpData.SetTempDir(path); }
-    bool AddBook(const wxString& book_url, bool show_wait_msg = FALSE);
-    bool AddBook(const wxFileName& book_file, bool show_wait_msg = FALSE);
-
-    bool Display(const wxString& x);
-    bool Display(int id);
-    bool DisplayContents();
-    bool DisplayIndex();
-    bool KeywordSearch(const wxString& keyword);
-
-    wxHtmlHelpFrame* GetFrame() { return m_helpFrame; }
-    void UseConfig(wxConfigBase *config, const wxString& rootpath = wxEmptyString);
-
-    // Assigns config object to the Ctrl. This config is then
-    // used in subsequent calls to Read/WriteCustomization of both help
-    // Ctrl and it's wxHtmlWindow
-    virtual void ReadCustomization(wxConfigBase *cfg, const wxString& path = wxEmptyString);
-    virtual void WriteCustomization(wxConfigBase *cfg, const wxString& path = wxEmptyString);
-
-    //// Backward compatibility with wxHelpController API
-
-    virtual bool Initialize(const wxString& file, int WXUNUSED(server) ) { return Initialize(file); }
-    virtual bool Initialize(const wxString& file);
-    virtual void SetViewer(const wxString& WXUNUSED(viewer), long WXUNUSED(flags) = 0) {}
-    virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& file = wxT(""));
-    virtual bool DisplaySection(int sectionNo);
-    virtual bool DisplaySection(const wxString& section) { return Display(section); }
-    virtual bool DisplayBlock(long blockNo) { return DisplaySection(blockNo); }
-    virtual bool DisplayTextPopup(const wxString& text, const wxPoint& pos);
-
-    virtual void SetFrameParameters(const wxString& title,
-                               const wxSize& size,
-                               const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                               bool newFrameEachTime = FALSE);
-    /// Obtains the latest settings used by the help frame and the help
-    /// frame.
-    virtual wxFrame *GetFrameParameters(wxSize *size = NULL,
-                               wxPoint *pos = NULL,
-                               bool *newFrameEachTime = NULL);
-
-    // Get direct access to help data:
-    wxHtmlHelpData *GetHelpData() { return &m_helpData; }
-
-    virtual bool Quit() ;
-    virtual void OnQuit() {};
-
-    void OnCloseFrame(wxCloseEvent& evt);
-
-    // Make the help controller's frame 'modal' if
-    // needed
-    void AddGrabIfNeeded();
-
-protected:
-    virtual wxHtmlHelpFrame* CreateHelpFrame(wxHtmlHelpData *data);
-
-    virtual void CreateHelpWindow();
-    virtual void DestroyHelpWindow();
-
-    wxHtmlHelpData      m_helpData;
-    wxHtmlHelpFrame*    m_helpFrame;
-    wxConfigBase *      m_Config;
-    wxString            m_ConfigRoot;
-    wxString            m_titleFormat;
-    int                 m_FrameStyle;
-    // DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlHelpController)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP
-
-#endif // _WX_HELPCTRL_H_

include/wx/html/helpdata.h

@@ -1,218 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        helpdata.h
-// Purpose:     wxHtmlHelpData
-// Notes:       Based on htmlhelp.cpp, implementing a monolithic
-//              HTML Help controller class,  by Vaclav Slavik
-// Author:      Harm van der Heijden and Vaclav Slavik
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) Harm van der Heijden and Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_HELPDATA_H_
-#define _WX_HELPDATA_H_
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-#pragma interface "helpdata.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_HTML
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/filesys.h"
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-#include "wx/font.h"
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlHelpData;
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// helper classes & structs
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlBookRecord
-{
-public:
-    wxHtmlBookRecord(const wxString& bookfile, const wxString& basepath, 
-                     const wxString& title, const wxString& start)
-    {
-        m_BookFile = bookfile;
-        m_BasePath = basepath;
-        m_Title = title;
-        m_Start = start;
-        // for debugging, give the contents index obvious default values
-        m_ContentsStart = m_ContentsEnd = -1;
-    }
-    wxString GetBookFile() const { return m_BookFile; }
-    wxString GetTitle() const { return m_Title; }
-    wxString GetStart() const { return m_Start; }
-    wxString GetBasePath() const { return m_BasePath; }
-    /* SetContentsRange: store in the bookrecord where in the index/contents lists the
-     * book's records are stored. This to facilitate searching in a specific book.
-     * This code will have to be revised when loading/removing books becomes dynamic.
-     * (as opposed to appending only)
-     * Note that storing index range is pointless, because the index is alphab. sorted. */
-    void SetContentsRange(int start, int end) { m_ContentsStart = start; m_ContentsEnd = end; }
-    int GetContentsStart() const { return m_ContentsStart; }
-    int GetContentsEnd() const { return m_ContentsEnd; }
-
-    void SetTitle(const wxString& title) { m_Title = title; }
-    void SetBasePath(const wxString& path) { m_BasePath = path; }
-    void SetStart(const wxString& start) { m_Start = start; }
-
-    // returns full filename of page (which is part of the book), 
-    // i.e. with book's basePath prepended. If page is already absolute 
-    // path, basePath is _not_ prepended.
-    wxString GetFullPath(const wxString &page) const;
-
-protected:
-    wxString m_BookFile;
-    wxString m_BasePath;
-    wxString m_Title;
-    wxString m_Start;
-    int m_ContentsStart;
-    int m_ContentsEnd;
-};
-
-
-WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxHtmlBookRecord, wxHtmlBookRecArray);
-
-
-struct wxHtmlContentsItem
-{
-    short int m_Level;
-    int m_ID;
-    wxChar* m_Name;
-    wxChar* m_Page;
-    wxHtmlBookRecord *m_Book;
-    
-    // returns full filename of m_Page, i.e. with book's basePath prepended
-    wxString GetFullPath() const { return m_Book->GetFullPath(m_Page); }
-};
-
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlSearchEngine
-//                  This class takes input streams and scans them for occurence
-//                  of keyword(s)
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlSearchEngine : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxHtmlSearchEngine() : wxObject() {m_Keyword = NULL; }
-    ~wxHtmlSearchEngine() {if (m_Keyword) delete[] m_Keyword; }
-
-    // Sets the keyword we will be searching for
-    virtual void LookFor(const wxString& keyword, bool case_sensitive, bool whole_words_only);
-
-    // Scans the stream for the keyword.
-    // Returns TRUE if the stream contains keyword, fALSE otherwise
-    virtual bool Scan(const wxFSFile& file);
-
-private:
-    wxChar *m_Keyword;
-    bool m_CaseSensitive;
-    bool m_WholeWords;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlSearchEngine)
-};
-
-
-// State information of a search action. I'd have prefered to make this a nested
-// class inside wxHtmlHelpData, but that's against coding standards :-(
-// Never construct this class yourself, obtain a copy from
-// wxHtmlHelpData::PrepareKeywordSearch(const wxString& key)
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlSearchStatus
-{
-public:
-    // constructor; supply wxHtmlHelpData ptr, the keyword and (optionally) the
-    // title of the book to search. By default, all books are searched.
-    wxHtmlSearchStatus(wxHtmlHelpData* base, const wxString& keyword,
-                       bool case_sensitive, bool whole_words_only,
-                       const wxString& book = wxEmptyString);
-    bool Search();  // do the next iteration
-    bool IsActive() { return m_Active; }
-    int GetCurIndex() { return m_CurIndex; }
-    int GetMaxIndex() { return m_MaxIndex; }
-    const wxString& GetName() { return m_Name; }
-    wxHtmlContentsItem* GetContentsItem() { return m_ContentsItem; }
-
-private:
-    wxHtmlHelpData* m_Data;
-    wxHtmlSearchEngine m_Engine;
-    wxString m_Keyword, m_Name;
-    wxChar *m_LastPage;
-    wxHtmlContentsItem* m_ContentsItem;
-    bool m_Active;   // search is not finished
-    int m_CurIndex;  // where we are now
-    int m_MaxIndex;  // number of files we search
-    // For progress bar: 100*curindex/maxindex = % complete
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlSearchStatus)
-};
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlHelpData : public wxObject
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHtmlHelpData)
-    friend class wxHtmlSearchStatus;
-
-public:
-    wxHtmlHelpData();
-    ~wxHtmlHelpData();
-
-    // Sets directory where temporary files are stored.
-    // These temp files are index & contents file in binary (much faster to read)
-    // form. These files are NOT deleted on program's exit.
-    void SetTempDir(const wxString& path);
-
-    // Adds new book. 'book' is location of .htb file (stands for "html book").
-    // See documentation for details on its format.
-    // Returns success.
-    bool AddBook(const wxString& book);
-    bool AddBookParam(const wxFSFile& bookfile,
-                      wxFontEncoding encoding,
-                      const wxString& title, const wxString& contfile,
-                      const wxString& indexfile = wxEmptyString,
-                      const wxString& deftopic = wxEmptyString,
-                      const wxString& path = wxEmptyString);
-
-    // Some accessing stuff:
-
-    // returns URL of page on basis of (file)name
-    wxString FindPageByName(const wxString& page);
-    // returns URL of page on basis of MS id
-    wxString FindPageById(int id);
-
-    const wxHtmlBookRecArray& GetBookRecArray() { return m_BookRecords; }
-    wxHtmlContentsItem* GetContents() { return m_Contents; }
-    int GetContentsCnt() { return m_ContentsCnt; }
-    wxHtmlContentsItem* GetIndex() { return m_Index; }
-    int GetIndexCnt() { return m_IndexCnt; }
-
-protected:
-    wxString m_TempPath;
-
-    wxHtmlBookRecArray m_BookRecords;
-    // each book has one record in this array:
-    wxHtmlContentsItem* m_Contents;
-    int m_ContentsCnt;   
-    wxHtmlContentsItem* m_Index; // list of all available books and pages.
-    int m_IndexCnt;  // list of index items
-
-protected:
-    // Imports .hhp files (MS HTML Help Workshop)
-    bool LoadMSProject(wxHtmlBookRecord *book, wxFileSystem& fsys,
-                       const wxString& indexfile, const wxString& contentsfile);
-    // Reads binary book
-    bool LoadCachedBook(wxHtmlBookRecord *book, wxInputStream *f);
-    // Writes binary book
-    bool SaveCachedBook(wxHtmlBookRecord *book, wxOutputStream *f);
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlHelpData)
-};
-
-#endif
-
-#endif

include/wx/html/helpfrm.h

@@ -1,239 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        helpfrm.h
-// Purpose:     wxHtmlHelpFrame
-// Notes:       Based on htmlhelp.cpp, implementing a monolithic
-//              HTML Help controller class,  by Vaclav Slavik
-// Author:      Harm van der Heijden and Vaclav Slavik
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) Harm van der Heijden and Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_HELPFRM_H_
-#define _WX_HELPFRM_H_
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-#pragma interface "helpfrm.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP
-
-#include "wx/html/helpdata.h"
-#include "wx/window.h"
-#include "wx/frame.h"
-#include "wx/config.h"
-#include "wx/splitter.h"
-#include "wx/notebook.h"
-#include "wx/listbox.h"
-#include "wx/choice.h"
-#include "wx/combobox.h"
-#include "wx/checkbox.h"
-#include "wx/stattext.h"
-#include "wx/html/htmlwin.h"
-#include "wx/html/htmprint.h"
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxButton;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxTextCtrl;
-
-
-// style flags for the Help Frame
-#define wxHF_TOOLBAR                0x0001
-#define wxHF_CONTENTS               0x0002
-#define wxHF_INDEX                  0x0004
-#define wxHF_SEARCH                 0x0008
-#define wxHF_BOOKMARKS              0x0010
-#define wxHF_OPEN_FILES             0x0020
-#define wxHF_PRINT                  0x0040
-#define wxHF_FLAT_TOOLBAR           0x0080
-#define wxHF_MERGE_BOOKS            0x0100
-#define wxHF_ICONS_BOOK             0x0200
-#define wxHF_ICONS_BOOK_CHAPTER     0x0400
-#define wxHF_ICONS_FOLDER           0x0000 // this is 0 since it is default
-#define wxHF_DEFAULT_STYLE          (wxHF_TOOLBAR | wxHF_CONTENTS | \
-                                     wxHF_INDEX | wxHF_SEARCH | \
-                                     wxHF_BOOKMARKS | wxHF_PRINT)
-//compatibility:
-#define wxHF_OPENFILES               wxHF_OPEN_FILES
-#define wxHF_FLATTOOLBAR             wxHF_FLAT_TOOLBAR
-#define wxHF_DEFAULTSTYLE            wxHF_DEFAULT_STYLE
-
-
-struct wxHtmlHelpFrameCfg
-{
-    int x, y, w, h;
-    long sashpos;
-    bool navig_on;
-};
-
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxHelpControllerBase;
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlHelpFrame : public wxFrame
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHtmlHelpFrame)
-
-public:
-    wxHtmlHelpFrame(wxHtmlHelpData* data = NULL) { Init(data); }
-    wxHtmlHelpFrame(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID wxWindowID,
-                    const wxString& title = wxEmptyString,
-                    int style = wxHF_DEFAULT_STYLE, wxHtmlHelpData* data = NULL);
-    bool Create(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& title = wxEmptyString,
-                int style = wxHF_DEFAULT_STYLE);
-    ~wxHtmlHelpFrame();
-
-    wxHtmlHelpData* GetData() { return m_Data; }
-    wxHelpControllerBase* GetController() const { return m_helpController; }
-    void SetController(wxHelpControllerBase* controller) { m_helpController = controller; }
-
-    // Sets format of title of the frame. Must contain exactly one "%s"
-    // (for title of displayed HTML page)
-    void SetTitleFormat(const wxString& format);
-
-    // Displays page x. If not found it will offect the user a choice of
-    // searching books.
-    // Looking for the page runs in these steps:
-    // 1. try to locate file named x (if x is for example "doc/howto.htm")
-    // 2. try to open starting page of book x
-    // 3. try to find x in contents (if x is for example "How To ...")
-    // 4. try to find x in index (if x is for example "How To ...")
-    bool Display(const wxString& x);
-
-    // Alternative version that works with numeric ID.
-    // (uses extension to MS format, <param name="ID" value=id>, see docs)
-    bool Display(const int id);
-
-    // Displays help window and focuses contents.
-    bool DisplayContents();
-
-    // Displays help window and focuses index.
-    bool DisplayIndex();
-
-    // Searches for keyword. Returns TRUE and display page if found, return
-    // FALSE otherwise
-    // Syntax of keyword is Altavista-like:
-    // * words are separated by spaces
-    //   (but "\"hello world\"" is only one world "hello world")
-    // * word may be pretended by + or -
-    //   (+ : page must contain the word ; - : page can't contain the word)
-    // * if there is no + or - before the word, + is default
-    bool KeywordSearch(const wxString& keyword);
-
-    void UseConfig(wxConfigBase *config, const wxString& rootpath = wxEmptyString)
-        {
-            m_Config = config;
-            m_ConfigRoot = rootpath;
-            ReadCustomization(config, rootpath);
-        }
-
-    // Saves custom settings into cfg config. it will use the path 'path'
-    // if given, otherwise it will save info into currently selected path.
-    // saved values : things set by SetFonts, SetBorders.
-    void ReadCustomization(wxConfigBase *cfg, const wxString& path = wxEmptyString);
-    void WriteCustomization(wxConfigBase *cfg, const wxString& path = wxEmptyString);
-
-    // call this to let wxHtmlHelpFrame know page changed
-    void NotifyPageChanged();
-    
-    // Refreshes Contents and Index tabs
-    void RefreshLists();
-    
-protected:
-    void Init(wxHtmlHelpData* data = NULL);
-
-    // Adds items to m_Contents tree control
-    void CreateContents();
-
-    // Adds items to m_IndexList
-    void CreateIndex();
-
-    // Add books to search choice panel
-    void CreateSearch();
-
-    // Add custom buttons to toolbar
-    virtual void AddToolbarButtons(wxToolBar *toolBar, int style);
-
-    // Displays options dialog (fonts etc.)
-    virtual void OptionsDialog();
-
-    void OnToolbar(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnContentsSel(wxTreeEvent& event);
-    void OnIndexSel(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnIndexFind(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnIndexAll(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnSearchSel(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnSearch(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnBookmarksSel(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event);
-    void OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& event);
-
-#ifdef __WXMAC__
-    void OnClose(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnAbout(wxCommandEvent& event);
-#endif
-
-    // Images:
-    enum {
-        IMG_Book = 0,
-        IMG_Folder,
-        IMG_Page
-    };
-
-protected:
-    wxHtmlHelpData* m_Data;
-    bool m_DataCreated;  // m_Data created by frame, or supplied?
-    wxString m_TitleFormat;  // title of the help frame
-    // below are various pointers to GUI components
-    wxHtmlWindow *m_HtmlWin;
-    wxSplitterWindow *m_Splitter;
-    wxPanel *m_NavigPan;
-    wxNotebook *m_NavigNotebook;
-    wxTreeCtrl *m_ContentsBox;
-    wxTextCtrl *m_IndexText;
-    wxButton *m_IndexButton;
-    wxButton *m_IndexButtonAll;
-    wxListBox *m_IndexList;
-    wxTextCtrl *m_SearchText;
-    wxButton *m_SearchButton;
-    wxListBox *m_SearchList;
-    wxChoice *m_SearchChoice;
-    wxStaticText *m_IndexCountInfo;
-    wxCheckBox *m_SearchCaseSensitive;
-    wxCheckBox *m_SearchWholeWords;
-
-    wxComboBox *m_Bookmarks;
-    wxArrayString m_BookmarksNames, m_BookmarksPages;
-
-    wxHtmlHelpFrameCfg m_Cfg;
-
-    wxConfigBase *m_Config;
-    wxString m_ConfigRoot;
-
-    // pagenumbers of controls in notebook (usually 0,1,2)
-    int m_ContentsPage;
-    int m_IndexPage;
-    int m_SearchPage;
-
-    // lists of available fonts (used in options dialog)
-    wxArrayString *m_NormalFonts, *m_FixedFonts;
-    int m_FontSize; // 0,1,2 = small,medium,big
-    wxString m_NormalFace, m_FixedFace;
-
-    bool m_UpdateContents;
-
-#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
-    wxHtmlEasyPrinting *m_Printer;
-#endif
-    wxHashTable *m_PagesHash;
-    wxHelpControllerBase* m_helpController;
-
-    int m_hfStyle;
-
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlHelpFrame)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP
-
-#endif

include/wx/html/htmlcell.h

@@ -1,382 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        htmlcell.h
-// Purpose:     wxHtmlCell class is used by wxHtmlWindow/wxHtmlWinParser
-//              as a basic visual element of HTML page
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-#ifndef _WX_HTMLCELL_H_
-#define _WX_HTMLCELL_H_
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-#pragma interface "htmlcell.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_HTML
-
-#include "wx/html/htmltag.h"
-#include "wx/html/htmldefs.h"
-#include "wx/window.h"
-
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlLinkInfo;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlCell;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlContainerCell;
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlCell
-//                  Internal data structure. It represents fragments of parsed HTML
-//                  page - a word, picture, table, horizontal line and so on.
-//                  It is used by wxHtmlWindow to represent HTML page in memory.
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlCell : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxHtmlCell();
-    virtual ~wxHtmlCell();
-
-    void SetParent(wxHtmlContainerCell *p) {m_Parent = p;}
-    wxHtmlContainerCell *GetParent() const {return m_Parent;}
-
-    int GetPosX() const {return m_PosX;}
-    int GetPosY() const {return m_PosY;}
-    int GetWidth() const {return m_Width;}
-    int GetHeight() const {return m_Height;}
-    int GetDescent() const {return m_Descent;}
-
-    const wxString& GetId() const { return m_id; }
-    void SetId(const wxString& id) { m_id = id; }
-
-    // returns the link associated with this cell. The position is position within
-    // the cell so it varies from 0 to m_Width, from 0 to m_Height
-    virtual wxHtmlLinkInfo* GetLink(int WXUNUSED(x) = 0, int WXUNUSED(y) = 0) const
-        { return m_Link; }
-
-    // members access methods
-    wxHtmlCell *GetNext() const {return m_Next;}
-
-    // members writing methods
-    virtual void SetPos(int x, int y) {m_PosX = x, m_PosY = y;}
-    void SetLink(const wxHtmlLinkInfo& link);
-    void SetNext(wxHtmlCell *cell) {m_Next = cell;}
-
-    // 1. adjust cell's width according to the fact that maximal possible width is w.
-    //    (this has sense when working with horizontal lines, tables etc.)
-    // 2. prepare layout (=fill-in m_PosX, m_PosY (and sometime m_Height) members)
-    //    = place items to fit window, according to the width w
-    virtual void Layout(int w);
-
-    // renders the cell
-    virtual void Draw(wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc), int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y), int WXUNUSED(view_y1), int WXUNUSED(view_y2)) {}
-
-    // proceed drawing actions in case the cell is not visible (scrolled out of screen).
-    // This is needed to change fonts, colors and so on
-    virtual void DrawInvisible(wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc), int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y)) {}
-
-    // This method returns pointer to the FIRST cell for that
-    // the condition
-    // is true. It first checks if the condition is true for this
-    // cell and then calls m_Next->Find(). (Note: it checks
-    // all subcells if the cell is container)
-    // Condition is unique condition identifier (see htmldefs.h)
-    // (user-defined condition IDs should start from 10000)
-    // and param is optional parameter
-    // Example : m_Cell->Find(wxHTML_COND_ISANCHOR, "news");
-    //   returns pointer to anchor news
-    virtual const wxHtmlCell* Find(int condition, const void* param) const;
-
-    // This function is called when mouse button is clicked over the cell.
-    //
-    // Parent is pointer to wxHtmlWindow that generated the event
-    // HINT: if this handling is not enough for you you should use
-    //       wxHtmlWidgetCell
-    virtual void OnMouseClick(wxWindow *parent, int x, int y, const wxMouseEvent& event);
-
-    // This method used to adjust pagebreak position. The parameter is
-    // variable that contains y-coordinate of page break (= horizontal line that
-    // should not be crossed by words, images etc.). If this cell cannot be divided
-    // into two pieces (each one on another page) then it moves the pagebreak
-    // few pixels up.
-    //
-    // Returned value : true if pagebreak was modified, false otherwise
-    // Usage : while (container->AdjustPagebreak(&p)) {}
-    virtual bool AdjustPagebreak(int *pagebreak, int *known_pagebreaks = NULL, int number_of_pages = 0) const;
-
-    // Sets cell's behaviour on pagebreaks (see AdjustPagebreak). Default
-    // is true - the cell can be split on two pages
-    void SetCanLiveOnPagebreak(bool can) { m_CanLiveOnPagebreak = can; }
-
-    // Returns y-coordinates that contraint the cell, i.e. left is highest
-    // and right lowest coordinate such that the cell lays between then.
-    // Note: this method does not return meaningful values if you haven't
-    //       called Layout() before!
-    virtual void GetHorizontalConstraints(int *left, int *right) const;
-
-    // Returns true for simple == terminal cells, i.e. not composite ones.
-    // This if for internal usage only and may disappear in future versions!
-    virtual bool IsTerminalCell() const { return TRUE; }
-
-    // Find the terminal cell inside this cell at the given position (relative
-    // to this cell)
-    //
-    // Returns NULL if not found
-    virtual wxHtmlCell *FindCellByPos(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const;
-
-protected:
-    wxHtmlCell *m_Next;
-            // pointer to the next cell
-    wxHtmlContainerCell *m_Parent;
-            // pointer to parent cell
-    long m_Width, m_Height, m_Descent;
-            // dimensions of fragment
-            // m_Descent is used to position text&images..
-    long m_PosX, m_PosY;
-            // position where the fragment is drawn
-    wxHtmlLinkInfo *m_Link;
-            // destination address if this fragment is hypertext link, NULL otherwise
-    bool m_CanLiveOnPagebreak;
-            // true if this cell can be placed on pagebreak, false otherwise
-    wxString m_id;
-            // unique identifier of the cell, generated from "id" property of tags
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlCell)
-};
-
-
-
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Inherited cells:
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlWordCell
-//                  Single word in input stream.
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlWordCell : public wxHtmlCell
-{
-public:
-    wxHtmlWordCell(const wxString& word, wxDC& dc);
-    void Draw(wxDC& dc, int x, int y, int view_y1, int view_y2);
-
-protected:
-    wxString m_Word;
-};
-
-
-
-
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlContainerCell
-//                  Container - it contains other cells. Basic of layout algorithm.
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlContainerCell : public wxHtmlCell
-{
-public:
-    wxHtmlContainerCell(wxHtmlContainerCell *parent);
-    ~wxHtmlContainerCell();
-
-    virtual void Layout(int w);
-    virtual void Draw(wxDC& dc, int x, int y, int view_y1, int view_y2);
-    virtual void DrawInvisible(wxDC& dc, int x, int y);
-    virtual bool AdjustPagebreak(int *pagebreak, int *known_pagebreaks = NULL, int number_of_pages = 0) const;
-
-    // insert cell at the end of m_Cells list
-    void InsertCell(wxHtmlCell *cell);
-
-    // sets horizontal/vertical alignment
-    void SetAlignHor(int al) {m_AlignHor = al; m_LastLayout = -1;}
-    int GetAlignHor() const {return m_AlignHor;}
-    void SetAlignVer(int al) {m_AlignVer = al; m_LastLayout = -1;}
-    int GetAlignVer() const {return m_AlignVer;}
-
-    // sets left-border indentation. units is one of wxHTML_UNITS_* constants
-    // what is combination of wxHTML_INDENT_*
-    void SetIndent(int i, int what, int units = wxHTML_UNITS_PIXELS);
-    // returns the indentation. ind is one of wxHTML_INDENT_* constants
-    int GetIndent(int ind) const;
-    // returns type of value returned by GetIndent(ind)
-    int GetIndentUnits(int ind) const;
-
-    // sets alignment info based on given tag's params
-    void SetAlign(const wxHtmlTag& tag);
-    // sets floating width adjustment
-    // (examples : 32 percent of parent container,
-    // -15 pixels percent (this means 100 % - 15 pixels)
-    void SetWidthFloat(int w, int units) {m_WidthFloat = w; m_WidthFloatUnits = units; m_LastLayout = -1;}
-    void SetWidthFloat(const wxHtmlTag& tag, double pixel_scale = 1.0);
-    // sets minimal height of this container.
-    void SetMinHeight(int h, int align = wxHTML_ALIGN_TOP) {m_MinHeight = h; m_MinHeightAlign = align; m_LastLayout = -1;}
-
-    void SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& clr) {m_UseBkColour = TRUE; m_BkColour = clr;}
-    // returns background colour (of wxNullColour if none set), so that widgets can
-    // adapt to it:
-    wxColour GetBackgroundColour();
-    void SetBorder(const wxColour& clr1, const wxColour& clr2) {m_UseBorder = TRUE; m_BorderColour1 = clr1, m_BorderColour2 = clr2;}
-    virtual wxHtmlLinkInfo* GetLink(int x = 0, int y = 0) const;
-    virtual const wxHtmlCell* Find(int condition, const void* param) const;
-    virtual void OnMouseClick(wxWindow *parent, int x, int y, const wxMouseEvent& event);
-    virtual void GetHorizontalConstraints(int *left, int *right) const;
-
-    // returns pointer to the first cell in container or NULL
-    wxHtmlCell* GetFirstCell() const {return m_Cells;}
-
-    // see comment in wxHtmlCell about this method
-    virtual bool IsTerminalCell() const { return FALSE; }
-
-    virtual wxHtmlCell *FindCellByPos(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const;
-
-protected:
-    int m_IndentLeft, m_IndentRight, m_IndentTop, m_IndentBottom;
-            // indentation of subcells. There is always m_Indent pixels
-            // big space between given border of the container and the subcells
-            // it m_Indent < 0 it is in PERCENTS, otherwise it is in pixels
-    int m_MinHeight, m_MinHeightAlign;
-        // minimal height.
-    wxHtmlCell *m_Cells, *m_LastCell;
-            // internal cells, m_Cells points to the first of them, m_LastCell to the last one.
-            // (LastCell is needed only to speed-up InsertCell)
-    int m_AlignHor, m_AlignVer;
-            // alignment horizontal and vertical (left, center, right)
-    int m_WidthFloat, m_WidthFloatUnits;
-            // width float is used in adjustWidth
-    bool m_UseBkColour;
-    wxColour m_BkColour;
-            // background color of this container
-    bool m_UseBorder;
-    wxColour m_BorderColour1, m_BorderColour2;
-            // borders color of this container
-    int m_LastLayout;
-            // if != -1 then call to Layout may be no-op
-            // if previous call to Layout has same argument
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlContainerCell)
-};
-
-
-
-
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlColourCell
-//                  Color changer.
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlColourCell : public wxHtmlCell
-{
-public:
-    wxHtmlColourCell(const wxColour& clr, int flags = wxHTML_CLR_FOREGROUND) : wxHtmlCell() {m_Colour = clr; m_Flags = flags;}
-    virtual void Draw(wxDC& dc, int x, int y, int view_y1, int view_y2);
-    virtual void DrawInvisible(wxDC& dc, int x, int y);
-
-protected:
-    wxColour m_Colour;
-    unsigned m_Flags;
-};
-
-
-
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlFontCell
-//                  Sets actual font used for text rendering
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlFontCell : public wxHtmlCell
-{
-public:
-    wxHtmlFontCell(wxFont *font) : wxHtmlCell() { m_Font = (*font); }
-    virtual void Draw(wxDC& dc, int x, int y, int view_y1, int view_y2);
-    virtual void DrawInvisible(wxDC& dc, int x, int y);
-
-protected:
-    wxFont m_Font;
-};
-
-
-
-
-
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlwidgetCell
-//                  This cell is connected with wxWindow object
-//                  You can use it to insert windows into HTML page
-//                  (buttons, input boxes etc.)
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlWidgetCell : public wxHtmlCell
-{
-public:
-    // !!! wnd must have correct parent!
-    // if w != 0 then the m_Wnd has 'floating' width - it adjust
-    // it's width according to parent container's width
-    // (w is percent of parent's width)
-    wxHtmlWidgetCell(wxWindow *wnd, int w = 0);
-    ~wxHtmlWidgetCell() { m_Wnd->Destroy(); }
-    virtual void Draw(wxDC& dc, int x, int y, int view_y1, int view_y2);
-    virtual void DrawInvisible(wxDC& dc, int x, int y);
-    virtual void Layout(int w);
-
-protected:
-    wxWindow* m_Wnd;
-    int m_WidthFloat;
-            // width float is used in adjustWidth (it is in percents)
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlWidgetCell)
-};
-
-
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlLinkInfo
-//                  Internal data structure. It represents hypertext link
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlLinkInfo : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxHtmlLinkInfo() : wxObject()
-          { m_Href = m_Target = wxEmptyString; m_Event = NULL, m_Cell = NULL; }
-    wxHtmlLinkInfo(const wxString& href, const wxString& target = wxEmptyString) : wxObject()
-          { m_Href = href; m_Target = target; m_Event = NULL, m_Cell = NULL; }
-    wxHtmlLinkInfo(const wxHtmlLinkInfo& l) : wxObject()
-          { m_Href = l.m_Href, m_Target = l.m_Target, m_Event = l.m_Event;
-            m_Cell = l.m_Cell; }
-    wxHtmlLinkInfo& operator=(const wxHtmlLinkInfo& l)
-          { m_Href = l.m_Href, m_Target = l.m_Target, m_Event = l.m_Event;
-            m_Cell = l.m_Cell; return *this; }
-
-    void SetEvent(const wxMouseEvent *e) { m_Event = e; }
-    void SetHtmlCell(const wxHtmlCell *e) { m_Cell = e; }
-
-    wxString GetHref() const { return m_Href; }
-    wxString GetTarget() const { return m_Target; }
-    const wxMouseEvent* GetEvent() const { return m_Event; }
-    const wxHtmlCell* GetHtmlCell() const { return m_Cell; }
-
-private:
-    wxString m_Href, m_Target;
-    const wxMouseEvent *m_Event;
-    const wxHtmlCell *m_Cell;
-};
-
-
-
-
-#endif // wxUSE_HTML
-
-#endif // _WX_HTMLCELL_H_
-

include/wx/html/htmldefs.h

@@ -1,157 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        htmldefs.h
-// Purpose:     constants for wxhtml library
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-#ifndef _WX_HTMLDEFS_H_
-#define _WX_HTMLDEFS_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_HTML
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// ALIGNMENTS
-//                  Describes alignment of text etc. in containers
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxHTML_ALIGN_LEFT            0x0000
-#define wxHTML_ALIGN_RIGHT           0x0002
-#define wxHTML_ALIGN_JUSTIFY         0x0010
-
-#define wxHTML_ALIGN_TOP             0x0004
-#define wxHTML_ALIGN_BOTTOM          0x0008
-
-#define wxHTML_ALIGN_CENTER          0x0001
-
-
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// COLOR MODES
-//                  Used by wxHtmlColourCell to determine clr of what is changing
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxHTML_CLR_FOREGROUND        0x0001
-#define wxHTML_CLR_BACKGROUND        0x0002
-
-
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// UNITS
-//                  Used to specify units
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxHTML_UNITS_PIXELS          0x0001
-#define wxHTML_UNITS_PERCENT         0x0002
-
-
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// INDENTS
-//                  Used to specify indetation relatives
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxHTML_INDENT_LEFT           0x0010
-#define wxHTML_INDENT_RIGHT          0x0020
-#define wxHTML_INDENT_TOP            0x0040
-#define wxHTML_INDENT_BOTTOM         0x0080
-
-#define wxHTML_INDENT_HORIZONTAL     wxHTML_INDENT_LEFT | wxHTML_INDENT_RIGHT
-#define wxHTML_INDENT_VERTICAL       wxHTML_INDENT_TOP | wxHTML_INDENT_BOTTOM
-#define wxHTML_INDENT_ALL            wxHTML_INDENT_VERTICAL | wxHTML_INDENT_HORIZONTAL
-
-
-
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// FIND CONDITIONS
-//                  Identifiers of wxHtmlCell's Find() conditions
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxHTML_COND_ISANCHOR              1
-        // Finds the anchor of 'param' name (pointer to wxString).
-    
-#define wxHTML_COND_ISIMAGEMAP            2
-        // Finds imagemap of 'param' name (pointer to wxString).
-    // (used exclusively by m_image.cpp)
-    
-#define wxHTML_COND_USER              10000
-        // User-defined conditions should start from this number
-
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// INTERNALS
-//                  wxHTML internal constants
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxHTML_SCROLL_STEP               16
-    /* size of one scroll step of wxHtmlWindow in pixels */
-#define wxHTML_BUFLEN                  1024
-    /* size of temporary buffer used during parsing */
-#define wxHTML_REALLOC_STEP              32
-    /* steps of array reallocation */
-#define wxHTML_PRINT_MAX_PAGES          999
-    /* maximum number of pages printable via html printing */
-
-
-    /* default font sizes */
-#ifdef __WXMSW__
-   #define wxHTML_FONT_SIZE_1              7
-   #define wxHTML_FONT_SIZE_2              8
-   #define wxHTML_FONT_SIZE_3             10
-   #define wxHTML_FONT_SIZE_4             12
-   #define wxHTML_FONT_SIZE_5             16
-   #define wxHTML_FONT_SIZE_6             22
-   #define wxHTML_FONT_SIZE_7             30
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-   #define wxHTML_FONT_SIZE_1              9
-   #define wxHTML_FONT_SIZE_2             12
-   #define wxHTML_FONT_SIZE_3             14
-   #define wxHTML_FONT_SIZE_4             18
-   #define wxHTML_FONT_SIZE_5             24
-   #define wxHTML_FONT_SIZE_6             30
-   #define wxHTML_FONT_SIZE_7             36
-#else
-   #define wxHTML_FONT_SIZE_1             10
-   #define wxHTML_FONT_SIZE_2             12
-   #define wxHTML_FONT_SIZE_3             14
-   #define wxHTML_FONT_SIZE_4             16
-   #define wxHTML_FONT_SIZE_5             19
-   #define wxHTML_FONT_SIZE_6             24
-   #define wxHTML_FONT_SIZE_7             32
-#endif
-
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2
-
-#define HTML_ALIGN_LEFT            wxHTML_ALIGN_LEFT
-#define HTML_ALIGN_RIGHT           wxHTML_ALIGN_RIGHT
-#define HTML_ALIGN_TOP             wxHTML_ALIGN_TOP
-#define HTML_ALIGN_BOTTOM          wxHTML_ALIGN_BOTTOM
-#define HTML_ALIGN_CENTER          wxHTML_ALIGN_CENTER
-#define HTML_CLR_FOREGROUND        wxHTML_CLR_FOREGROUND
-#define HTML_CLR_BACKGROUND        wxHTML_CLR_BACKGROUND
-#define HTML_UNITS_PIXELS          wxHTML_UNITS_PIXELS
-#define HTML_UNITS_PERCENT         wxHTML_UNITS_PERCENT
-#define HTML_INDENT_LEFT           wxHTML_INDENT_LEFT
-#define HTML_INDENT_RIGHT          wxHTML_INDENT_RIGHT
-#define HTML_INDENT_TOP            wxHTML_INDENT_TOP
-#define HTML_INDENT_BOTTOM         wxHTML_INDENT_BOTTOM
-#define HTML_INDENT_HORIZONTAL     wxHTML_INDENT_HORIZONTAL
-#define HTML_INDENT_VERTICAL       wxHTML_INDENT_VERTICAL
-#define HTML_INDENT_ALL            wxHTML_INDENT_ALL
-#define HTML_COND_ISANCHOR         wxHTML_COND_ISANCHOR
-#define HTML_COND_ISIMAGEMAP       wxHTML_COND_ISIMAGEMAP
-#define HTML_COND_USER             wxHTML_COND_USER
-
-#endif
-
-
-
-#endif
-#endif

include/wx/html/htmlfilt.h

@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        htmlfilt.h
-// Purpose:     filters
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-#ifndef _WX_HTMLFILT_H_
-#define _WX_HTMLFILT_H_
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-#pragma interface "htmlfilt.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_HTML
-
-#include "wx/filesys.h"
-
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlFilter
-//                  This class is input filter. It can "translate" files
-//                  in non-HTML format to HTML format
-//                  interface to access certain
-//                  kinds of files (HTPP, FTP, local, tar.gz etc..)
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlFilter : public wxObject
-{
-    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxHtmlFilter)
-
-public:
-    wxHtmlFilter() : wxObject() {}
-    virtual ~wxHtmlFilter() {}
-
-    // returns TRUE if this filter is able to open&read given file
-    virtual bool CanRead(const wxFSFile& file) const = 0;
-
-    // Reads given file and returns HTML document.
-    // Returns empty string if opening failed
-    virtual wxString ReadFile(const wxFSFile& file) const = 0;
-};
-
-
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlFilterPlainText
-//                  This filter is used as default filter if no other can
-//                  be used (= uknown type of file). It is used by
-//                  wxHtmlWindow itself.
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlFilterPlainText : public wxHtmlFilter
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHtmlFilterPlainText)
-
-public:
-    virtual bool CanRead(const wxFSFile& file) const;
-    virtual wxString ReadFile(const wxFSFile& file) const;
-};
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlFilterHTML
-//          filter for text/html
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxHtmlFilterHTML : public wxHtmlFilter
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHtmlFilterHTML)
-
-    public:
-        virtual bool CanRead(const wxFSFile& file) const;
-        virtual wxString ReadFile(const wxFSFile& file) const;
-};
-
-
-
-#endif // wxUSE_HTML
-
-#endif // _WX_HTMLFILT_H_
-

include/wx/html/htmlpars.h

@@ -1,278 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        htmlpars.h
-// Purpose:     wxHtmlParser class (generic parser)
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-#ifndef _WX_HTMLPARS_H_
-#define _WX_HTMLPARS_H_
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-#pragma interface "htmlpars.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#if wxUSE_HTML
-
-#include "wx/html/htmltag.h"
-#include "wx/filesys.h"
-#include "wx/hash.h"
-#include "wx/fontenc.h"
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxMBConv;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlParser;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlTagHandler;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlEntitiesParser;
-
-class wxHtmlTextPieces;
-class wxHtmlParserState;
-
-
-enum wxHtmlURLType
-{
-    wxHTML_URL_PAGE,
-    wxHTML_URL_IMAGE,
-    wxHTML_URL_OTHER
-};
-
-// This class handles generic parsing of HTML document : it scans
-// the document and divide it into blocks of tags (where one block
-// consists of starting and ending tag and of text between these
-// 2 tags.
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlParser : public wxObject
-{
-    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxHtmlParser)
-
-public:
-    wxHtmlParser();
-    virtual ~wxHtmlParser();
-
-    // Sets the class which will be used for opening files
-    void SetFS(wxFileSystem *fs) { m_FS = fs; }
-
-    wxFileSystem* GetFS() const { return m_FS; }
-
-    // Opens file if the parser is allowed to open given URL (may be forbidden
-    // for security reasons)    
-    virtual wxFSFile *OpenURL(wxHtmlURLType type, const wxString& url) const;
-
-    // You can simply call this method when you need parsed output.
-    // This method does these things:
-    // 1. call InitParser(source);
-    // 2. call DoParsing();
-    // 3. call GetProduct(); (it's return value is then returned)
-    // 4. call DoneParser();
-    wxObject* Parse(const wxString& source);
-
-    // Sets the source. This must be called before running Parse() method.
-    virtual void InitParser(const wxString& source);
-    // This must be called after Parse().
-    virtual void DoneParser();
-    
-    // May be called during parsing to immediately return from Parse().
-    virtual void StopParsing() { m_stopParsing = TRUE; }
-
-    // Parses the m_Source from begin_pos to end_pos-1.
-    // (in noparams version it parses whole m_Source)
-    void DoParsing(int begin_pos, int end_pos);
-    void DoParsing();
-
-    // Returns pointer to the tag at parser's current position
-    wxHtmlTag *GetCurrentTag() const { return m_CurTag; }
-
-    // Returns product of parsing
-    // Returned value is result of parsing of the part. The type of this result
-    // depends on internal representation in derived parser
-    // (see wxHtmlWinParser for details).
-    virtual wxObject* GetProduct() = 0;
-
-    // adds handler to the list & hash table of handlers.
-    virtual void AddTagHandler(wxHtmlTagHandler *handler);
-
-    // Forces the handler to handle additional tags (not returned by GetSupportedTags). 
-    // The handler should already be in use by this parser.
-    // Example: you want to parse following pseudo-html structure:
-    //   <myitems>
-    //     <it name="one" value="1">
-    //     <it name="two" value="2">
-    //   </myitems>
-    //   <it> This last it has different meaning, we don't want it to be parsed by myitems handler!
-    // handler can handle only 'myitems' (e.g. it's GetSupportedTags returns "MYITEMS")
-    // you can call PushTagHandler(handler, "IT") when you find <myitems>
-    // and call PopTagHandler() when you find </myitems>
-    void PushTagHandler(wxHtmlTagHandler *handler, wxString tags);
-
-    // Restores state before last call to PushTagHandler
-    void PopTagHandler();
-
-    wxString* GetSource() {return &m_Source;}
-    void SetSource(const wxString& src);
-    
-    // Sets HTML source and remebers current parser's state so that it can
-    // later be restored. This is useful for on-line modifications of 
-    // HTML source (for example, <pre> handler replaces spaces with &nbsp;
-    // and newlines with <br>)
-    virtual void SetSourceAndSaveState(const wxString& src);
-    // Restores parser's state from stack or returns FALSE if the stack is
-    // empty
-    virtual bool RestoreState();
-    
-    // Parses HTML string 'markup' and extracts charset info from <meta> tag
-    // if present. Returns empty string if the tag is missing.
-    // For wxHTML's internal use.
-    static wxString ExtractCharsetInformation(const wxString& markup);
-
-protected:
-    // DOM structure
-    void CreateDOMTree();
-    void DestroyDOMTree();
-    void CreateDOMSubTree(wxHtmlTag *cur,
-                          int begin_pos, int end_pos, 
-                          wxHtmlTagsCache *cache);
-
-    // Adds text to the output.
-    // This is called from Parse() and must be overriden in derived classes.
-    // txt is not guaranteed to be only one word. It is largest continuous part of text
-    // (= not broken by tags)
-    // NOTE : using char* because of speed improvements
-    virtual void AddText(const wxChar* txt) = 0;
-
-    // Adds tag and proceeds it. Parse() may (and usually is) called from this method.
-    // This is called from Parse() and may be overriden.
-    // Default behavior is that it looks for proper handler in m_Handlers. The tag is
-    // ignored if no hander is found.
-    // Derived class is *responsible* for filling in m_Handlers table.
-    virtual void AddTag(const wxHtmlTag& tag);
-    
-    // Returns entity parser object, used to substitute HTML &entities;
-    wxHtmlEntitiesParser *GetEntitiesParser() const { return m_entitiesParser; }
-
-protected:
-    // DOM tree:
-    wxHtmlTag *m_CurTag;
-    wxHtmlTag *m_Tags;
-    wxHtmlTextPieces *m_TextPieces;
-    size_t m_CurTextPiece;
-
-    wxString m_Source;
-    
-    wxHtmlParserState *m_SavedStates;
-    
-    // handlers that handle particular tags. The table is accessed by
-    // key = tag's name.
-    // This attribute MUST be filled by derived class otherwise it would
-    // be empty and no tags would be recognized
-    // (see wxHtmlWinParser for details about filling it)
-    // m_HandlersHash is for random access based on knowledge of tag name (BR, P, etc.)
-    //      it may (and often does) contain more references to one object
-    // m_HandlersList is list of all handlers and it is guaranteed to contain
-    //      only one reference to each handler instance.
-    wxList m_HandlersList;
-    wxHashTable m_HandlersHash;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlParser)
-
-    // class for opening files (file system)
-    wxFileSystem *m_FS;
-    // handlers stack used by PushTagHandler and PopTagHandler
-    wxList *m_HandlersStack;
-    
-    // entity parse
-    wxHtmlEntitiesParser *m_entitiesParser;
-    
-    // flag indicating that the parser should stop
-    bool m_stopParsing;
-};
-
-
-
-// This class (and derived classes) cooperates with wxHtmlParser.
-// Each recognized tag is passed to handler which is capable
-// of handling it. Each tag is handled in 3 steps:
-// 1. Handler will modifies state of parser
-//    (using it's public methods)
-// 2. Parser parses source between starting and ending tag
-// 3. Handler restores original state of the parser
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlTagHandler : public wxObject
-{
-    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxHtmlTagHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxHtmlTagHandler() : wxObject () { m_Parser = NULL; }
-
-    // Sets the parser.
-    // NOTE : each _instance_ of handler is guaranteed to be called
-    // only by one parser. This means you don't have to care about
-    // reentrancy.
-    virtual void SetParser(wxHtmlParser *parser) 
-        { m_Parser = parser; }
-
-    // Returns list of supported tags. The list is in uppercase and
-    // tags are delimited by ','.
-    // Example : "I,B,FONT,P"
-    //   is capable of handling italic, bold, font and paragraph tags
-    virtual wxString GetSupportedTags() = 0;
-
-    // This is hadling core method. It does all the Steps 1-3.
-    // To process step 2, you can call ParseInner()
-    // returned value : TRUE if it called ParseInner(),
-    //                  FALSE etherwise
-    virtual bool HandleTag(const wxHtmlTag& tag) = 0;
-
-protected:
-    // parses input between beginning and ending tag.
-    // m_Parser must be set.
-    void ParseInner(const wxHtmlTag& tag) 
-        { m_Parser->DoParsing(tag.GetBeginPos(), tag.GetEndPos1()); }
-
-    wxHtmlParser *m_Parser;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlTagHandler)
-};
-
-
-// This class is used to parse HTML entities in strings. It can handle
-// both named entities and &#xxxx entries where xxxx is Unicode code.
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlEntitiesParser : public wxObject
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHtmlEntitiesParser)
-
-public:
-    wxHtmlEntitiesParser();
-    virtual ~wxHtmlEntitiesParser();
-    
-    // Sets encoding of output string.
-    // Has no effect if wxUSE_WCHAR_T==0 or wxUSE_UNICODE==1
-    void SetEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding);
-    
-    // Parses entities in input and replaces them with respective characters
-    // (with respect to output encoding)
-    wxString Parse(const wxString& input);
-
-    // Returns character for given entity or 0 if the enity is unknown
-    wxChar GetEntityChar(const wxString& entity);
-
-    // Returns character that represents given Unicode code
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-    wxChar GetCharForCode(unsigned code) { return (wxChar)code; }
-#else
-    wxChar GetCharForCode(unsigned code);
-#endif
-
-protected:
-#if wxUSE_WCHAR_T && !wxUSE_UNICODE
-    wxMBConv *m_conv;
-    wxFontEncoding m_encoding;
-#endif
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlEntitiesParser)
-};
-
-
-#endif
-
-#endif // _WX_HTMLPARS_H_

include/wx/html/htmlproc.h

@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        htmlprep.h
-// Purpose:     HTML processor
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) 2001 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-#ifndef _WX_HTMLPREP_H_
-#define _WX_HTMLPREP_H_
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-#pragma interface "htmlproc.h"
-// (implementation is in htmlwin.cpp, there's no htmlprep.cpp!)
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_HTML
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-
-// Priority of preprocessor in the chain. The higher, the earlier it is used
-enum
-{
-    wxHTML_PRIORITY_DONTCARE = 128, // if the order doesn't matter, use this
-                                    // priority
-    wxHTML_PRIORITY_SYSTEM   = 256  // >=256 is only for wxHTML's internals
-};
-
-// Classes derived from this class serve as simple text processors for 
-// wxHtmlWindow. wxHtmlWindow runs HTML markup through all registered
-// processors before displaying it, thus allowing for on-the-fly
-// modifications of the markup.
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlProcessor : public wxObject
-{
-    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxHtmlProcessor)
-
-public:
-    wxHtmlProcessor() : wxObject(), m_enabled(TRUE) {}
-    virtual ~wxHtmlProcessor() {}
-
-    // Process input text and return processed result
-    virtual wxString Process(const wxString& text) const = 0;
-
-    // Return priority value of this processor. The higher, the sooner
-    // is the processor applied to the text.
-    virtual int GetPriority() const { return wxHTML_PRIORITY_DONTCARE; }
-    
-    // Enable/disable the processor. wxHtmlWindow won't use a disabled 
-    // processor even if it is in its processors queue.
-    virtual void Enable(bool enable = TRUE) { m_enabled = enable; }
-    bool IsEnabled() const { return m_enabled; }
-    
-protected:
-    bool m_enabled;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_HTML
-
-#endif // _WX_HTMLPROC_H_

include/wx/html/htmltag.h

@@ -1,158 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        htmltag.h
-// Purpose:     wxHtmlTag class (represents single tag)
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-#ifndef _WX_HTMLTAG_H_
-#define _WX_HTMLTAG_H_
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-#pragma interface "htmltag.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_HTML
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxColour;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlEntitiesParser;
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlTagsCache
-//          - internal wxHTML class, do not use!
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-struct wxHtmlCacheItem;
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlTagsCache : public wxObject
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHtmlTagsCache)
-
-private:
-    wxHtmlCacheItem *m_Cache;
-    int m_CacheSize;
-    int m_CachePos;
-
-public:
-    wxHtmlTagsCache() : wxObject() {m_CacheSize = 0; m_Cache = NULL;}
-    wxHtmlTagsCache(const wxString& source);
-    ~wxHtmlTagsCache() {free(m_Cache);}
-
-    // Finds parameters for tag starting at at and fills the variables
-    void QueryTag(int at, int* end1, int* end2);
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlTagsCache)
-};
-
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlTag
-//                  This represents single tag. It is used as internal structure
-//                  by wxHtmlParser.
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlTag : public wxObject
-{
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxHtmlTag)
-
-protected:
-    // constructs wxHtmlTag object based on HTML tag.
-    // The tag begins (with '<' character) at position pos in source
-    // end_pos is position where parsing ends (usually end of document)
-    wxHtmlTag(wxHtmlTag *parent,
-              const wxString& source, int pos, int end_pos,
-              wxHtmlTagsCache *cache,
-              wxHtmlEntitiesParser *entParser);
-    friend class wxHtmlParser;
-public:
-    ~wxHtmlTag();
-
-    wxHtmlTag *GetParent() const {return m_Parent;}
-    wxHtmlTag *GetFirstSibling() const;
-    wxHtmlTag *GetLastSibling() const;
-    wxHtmlTag *GetChildren() const { return m_FirstChild; }
-    wxHtmlTag *GetPreviousSibling() const { return m_Prev; }
-    wxHtmlTag *GetNextSibling() const {return m_Next; }
-    // Return next tag, as if tree had been flattened
-    wxHtmlTag *GetNextTag() const;
-
-    // Returns tag's name in uppercase.
-    inline wxString GetName() const {return m_Name;}
-
-    // Returns TRUE if the tag has given parameter. Parameter
-    // should always be in uppercase.
-    // Example : <IMG SRC="test.jpg"> HasParam("SRC") returns TRUE
-    bool HasParam(const wxString& par) const;
-
-    // Returns value of the param. Value is in uppercase unless it is
-    // enclosed with "
-    // Example : <P align=right> GetParam("ALIGN") returns (RIGHT)
-    //           <P IMG SRC="WhaT.jpg"> GetParam("SRC") returns (WhaT.jpg)
-    //                           (or ("WhaT.jpg") if with_commas == TRUE)
-    wxString GetParam(const wxString& par, bool with_commas = FALSE) const;
-
-    // Convenience functions:
-    bool GetParamAsColour(const wxString& par, wxColour *clr) const;
-    bool GetParamAsInt(const wxString& par, int *clr) const;
-
-    // Scans param like scanf() functions family does.
-    // Example : ScanParam("COLOR", "\"#%X\"", &clr);
-    // This is always with with_commas=FALSE
-    // Returns number of scanned values
-    // (like sscanf() does)
-    // NOTE: unlike scanf family, this function only accepts
-    //       *one* parameter !
-    int ScanParam(const wxString& par, const wxChar *format, void *param) const;
-
-    // Returns string containing all params.
-    wxString GetAllParams() const;
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_2
-    // return TRUE if this is ending tag (</something>) or FALSE
-    // if it isn't (<something>)
-    inline bool IsEnding() const {return FALSE;}
-#endif
-
-    // return TRUE if this there is matching ending tag
-    inline bool HasEnding() const {return m_End1 >= 0;}
-
-    // returns beginning position of _internal_ block of text
-    // See explanation (returned value is marked with *):
-    // bla bla bla <MYTAG>* bla bla intenal text</MYTAG> bla bla
-    inline int GetBeginPos() const {return m_Begin;}
-    // returns ending position of _internal_ block of text.
-    // bla bla bla <MYTAG> bla bla intenal text*</MYTAG> bla bla
-    inline int GetEndPos1() const {return m_End1;}
-    // returns end position 2 :
-    // bla bla bla <MYTAG> bla bla internal text</MYTAG>* bla bla
-    inline int GetEndPos2() const {return m_End2;}
-
-private:
-    wxString m_Name;
-    int m_Begin, m_End1, m_End2;
-    wxArrayString m_ParamNames, m_ParamValues;
-
-    // DOM tree relations:
-    wxHtmlTag *m_Next;
-    wxHtmlTag *m_Prev;
-    wxHtmlTag *m_FirstChild, *m_LastChild;
-    wxHtmlTag *m_Parent;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlTag)
-};
-
-
-
-
-
-#endif
-
-#endif // _WX_HTMLTAG_H_
-

include/wx/html/htmlwin.h

@@ -1,284 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        htmlwin.h
-// Purpose:     wxHtmlWindow class for parsing & displaying HTML
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-#ifndef _WX_HTMLWIN_H_
-#define _WX_HTMLWIN_H_
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-#pragma interface "htmlwin.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#if wxUSE_HTML
-
-#include "wx/window.h"
-#include "wx/scrolwin.h"
-#include "wx/config.h"
-#include "wx/treectrl.h"
-#include "wx/html/winpars.h"
-#include "wx/html/htmlcell.h"
-#include "wx/filesys.h"
-#include "wx/html/htmlfilt.h"
-#include "wx/filename.h"
-
-class wxHtmlProcessor;
-class wxHtmlWinModule;
-class wxHtmlHistoryArray;
-class wxHtmlProcessorList;
-
-
-// wxHtmlWindow flags:
-#define wxHW_SCROLLBAR_NEVER    0x0002
-#define wxHW_SCROLLBAR_AUTO     0x0004
-
-// enums for wxHtmlWindow::OnOpeningURL
-enum wxHtmlOpeningStatus
-{
-    wxHTML_OPEN,
-    wxHTML_BLOCK,
-    wxHTML_REDIRECT
-};
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlWindow
-//                  (This is probably the only class you will directly use.)
-//                  Purpose of this class is to display HTML page (either local
-//                  file or downloaded via HTTP protocol) in a window. Width
-//                  of window is constant - given in constructor - virtual height
-//                  is changed dynamicly depending on page size.
-//                  Once the window is created you can set it's content by calling
-//                  SetPage(text) or LoadPage(filename).
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlWindow : public wxScrolledWindow
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHtmlWindow)
-    friend class wxHtmlWinModule;
-
-public:
-    wxHtmlWindow() { Init(); }
-    wxHtmlWindow(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = -1,
-                 const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                 const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                 long style = wxHW_SCROLLBAR_AUTO,
-                 const wxString& name = wxT("htmlWindow"))
-    {
-        Init();
-        Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
-    }
-    ~wxHtmlWindow();
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = -1,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = wxHW_SCROLLBAR_AUTO,
-                const wxString& name = wxT("htmlWindow"));
-
-    // Set HTML page and display it. !! source is HTML document itself,
-    // it is NOT address/filename of HTML document. If you want to
-    // specify document location, use LoadPage() istead
-    // Return value : FALSE if an error occured, TRUE otherwise
-    bool SetPage(const wxString& source);
-
-    // Append to current page
-    bool AppendToPage(const wxString& source);
-
-    // Load HTML page from given location. Location can be either
-    // a) /usr/wxGTK2/docs/html/wx.htm
-    // b) http://www.somewhere.uk/document.htm
-    // c) ftp://ftp.somesite.cz/pub/something.htm
-    // In case there is no prefix (http:,ftp:), the method
-    // will try to find it itself (1. local file, then http or ftp)
-    // After the page is loaded, the method calls SetPage() to display it.
-    // Note : you can also use path relative to previously loaded page
-    // Return value : same as SetPage
-    virtual bool LoadPage(const wxString& location);
-
-    // Loads HTML page from file
-    bool LoadFile(const wxFileName& filename);
-
-    // Returns full location of opened page
-    wxString GetOpenedPage() const {return m_OpenedPage;}
-    // Returns anchor within opened page
-    wxString GetOpenedAnchor() const {return m_OpenedAnchor;}
-    // Returns <TITLE> of opened page or empty string otherwise
-    wxString GetOpenedPageTitle() const {return m_OpenedPageTitle;}
-
-    // Sets frame in which page title will  be displayed. Format is format of
-    // frame title, e.g. "HtmlHelp : %s". It must contain exactly one %s
-    void SetRelatedFrame(wxFrame* frame, const wxString& format);
-    wxFrame* GetRelatedFrame() const {return m_RelatedFrame;}
-
-    // After(!) calling SetRelatedFrame, this sets statusbar slot where messages
-    // will be displayed. Default is -1 = no messages.
-    void SetRelatedStatusBar(int bar);
-
-    // Sets fonts to be used when displaying HTML page.
-    void SetFonts(wxString normal_face, wxString fixed_face,
-                  const int *sizes = NULL);
-
-    // Sets space between text and window borders.
-    void SetBorders(int b) {m_Borders = b;}
-
-    // Saves custom settings into cfg config. it will use the path 'path'
-    // if given, otherwise it will save info into currently selected path.
-    // saved values : things set by SetFonts, SetBorders.
-    virtual void ReadCustomization(wxConfigBase *cfg, wxString path = wxEmptyString);
-    // ...
-    virtual void WriteCustomization(wxConfigBase *cfg, wxString path = wxEmptyString);
-
-    // Goes to previous/next page (in browsing history)
-    // Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise
-    bool HistoryBack();
-    bool HistoryForward();
-    bool HistoryCanBack();
-    bool HistoryCanForward();
-    // Resets history
-    void HistoryClear();
-
-    // Returns pointer to conteiners/cells structure.
-    // It should be used ONLY when printing
-    wxHtmlContainerCell* GetInternalRepresentation() const {return m_Cell;}
-
-    // Adds input filter
-    static void AddFilter(wxHtmlFilter *filter);
-
-    // Returns a pointer to the parser.
-    wxHtmlWinParser *GetParser() const { return m_Parser; }
-
-    // Adds HTML processor to this instance of wxHtmlWindow:
-    void AddProcessor(wxHtmlProcessor *processor);
-    // Adds HTML processor to wxHtmlWindow class as whole:
-    static void AddGlobalProcessor(wxHtmlProcessor *processor);
-
-    // what would we do with it?
-    virtual bool AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard() const { return FALSE; }
-
-    // -- Callbacks --
-
-    // Sets the title of the window
-    // (depending on the information passed to SetRelatedFrame() method)
-    virtual void OnSetTitle(const wxString& title);
-
-    // Called when the mouse hovers over a cell: (x, y) are logical coords
-    // Default behaviour is to do nothing at all
-    virtual void OnCellMouseHover(wxHtmlCell *cell, wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
-
-    // Called when user clicks on a cell. Default behavior is to call
-    // OnLinkClicked() if this cell corresponds to a hypertext link
-    virtual void OnCellClicked(wxHtmlCell *cell,
-                               wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
-                               const wxMouseEvent& event);
-
-    // Called when user clicked on hypertext link. Default behavior is to
-    // call LoadPage(loc)
-    virtual void OnLinkClicked(const wxHtmlLinkInfo& link);
-
-    // Called when wxHtmlWindow wants to fetch data from an URL (e.g. when
-    // loading a page or loading an image). The data are downloaded if and only if
-    // OnOpeningURL returns TRUE. If OnOpeningURL returns wxHTML_REDIRECT,
-    // it must set *redirect to the new URL
-    virtual wxHtmlOpeningStatus OnOpeningURL(wxHtmlURLType WXUNUSED(type),
-                                             const wxString& WXUNUSED(url),
-                                             wxString *WXUNUSED(redirect)) const
-        { return wxHTML_OPEN; }
-
-protected:
-    void Init();
-
-    // Scrolls to anchor of this name. (Anchor is #news
-    // or #features etc. it is part of address sometimes:
-    // http://www.ms.mff.cuni.cz/~vsla8348/wxhtml/index.html#news)
-    // Return value : TRUE if anchor exists, FALSE otherwise
-    bool ScrollToAnchor(const wxString& anchor);
-
-    // Prepares layout (= fill m_PosX, m_PosY for fragments) based on
-    // actual size of window. This method also setup scrollbars
-    void CreateLayout();
-
-    void OnDraw(wxDC& dc);
-    void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
-    void OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event);
-    void OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event);
-
-    // Returns new filter (will be stored into m_DefaultFilter variable)
-    virtual wxHtmlFilter *GetDefaultFilter() {return new wxHtmlFilterPlainText;}
-
-    // cleans static variables
-    static void CleanUpStatics();
-
-protected:
-    // This is pointer to the first cell in parsed data.
-    // (Note: the first cell is usually top one = all other cells are sub-cells of this one)
-    wxHtmlContainerCell *m_Cell;
-    // parser which is used to parse HTML input.
-    // Each wxHtmlWindow has it's own parser because sharing one global
-    // parser would be problematic (because of reentrancy)
-    wxHtmlWinParser *m_Parser;
-    // contains name of actualy opened page or empty string if no page opened
-    wxString m_OpenedPage;
-    // contains name of current anchor within m_OpenedPage
-    wxString m_OpenedAnchor;
-    // contains title of actualy opened page or empty string if no <TITLE> tag
-    wxString m_OpenedPageTitle;
-    // class for opening files (file system)
-    wxFileSystem* m_FS;
-
-    wxFrame *m_RelatedFrame;
-    wxString m_TitleFormat;
-    // frame in which page title should be displayed & number of it's statusbar
-    // reserved for usage with this html window
-    int m_RelatedStatusBar;
-
-    // borders (free space between text and window borders)
-    // defaults to 10 pixels.
-    int m_Borders;
-
-    int m_Style;
-
-private:
-    // a flag indicated if mouse moved
-    // (if TRUE we will try to change cursor in last call to OnIdle)
-    bool m_tmpMouseMoved;
-    // contains last link name
-    wxHtmlLinkInfo *m_tmpLastLink;
-    // contains the last (terminal) cell which contained the mouse
-    wxHtmlCell *m_tmpLastCell;
-    // if >0 contents of the window is not redrawn
-    // (in order to avoid ugly blinking)
-    int m_tmpCanDrawLocks;
-
-    // list of HTML filters
-    static wxList m_Filters;
-    // this filter is used when no filter is able to read some file
-    static wxHtmlFilter *m_DefaultFilter;
-
-    static wxCursor *s_cur_hand;
-    static wxCursor *s_cur_arrow;
-
-    wxHtmlHistoryArray *m_History;
-    // browser history
-    int m_HistoryPos;
-    // if this FLAG is false, items are not added to history
-    bool m_HistoryOn;
-
-    // html processors array:
-    wxHtmlProcessorList *m_Processors;
-    static wxHtmlProcessorList *m_GlobalProcessors;
-
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlWindow)
-};
-
-
-#endif
-
-#endif // _WX_HTMLWIN_H_
-

include/wx/html/htmprint.h

@@ -1,258 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        htmprint.h
-// Purpose:     html printing classes
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// Created:     25/09/99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c)
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_HTMPRINT_H_
-#define _WX_HTMPRINT_H_
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-#pragma interface "htmprint.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_HTML & wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
-
-#include "wx/html/htmlcell.h"
-#include "wx/html/winpars.h"
-
-#include "wx/print.h"
-#include "wx/printdlg.h"
-
-#include <limits.h> // INT_MAX
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlDCRenderer
-//                  This class is capable of rendering HTML into specified 
-//                  portion of DC
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlDCRenderer : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxHtmlDCRenderer();
-    ~wxHtmlDCRenderer();
-
-    // Following 3 methods *must* be called before any call to Render:
-
-    // Assign DC to this render
-    void SetDC(wxDC *dc, double pixel_scale = 1.0);
-
-    // Sets size of output rectangle, in pixels. Note that you *can't* change
-    // width of the rectangle between calls to Render! (You can freely change height.)
-    void SetSize(int width, int height);
-
-    // Sets the text to be displayed.
-    // Basepath is base directory (html string would be stored there if it was in
-    // file). It is used to determine path for loading images, for example.
-    // isdir is FALSE if basepath is filename, TRUE if it is directory name
-    // (see wxFileSystem for detailed explanation)
-    void SetHtmlText(const wxString& html, const wxString& basepath = wxEmptyString, bool isdir = TRUE);
-
-    // Sets fonts to be used when displaying HTML page. (if size null then default sizes used).
-    void SetFonts(wxString normal_face, wxString fixed_face, const int *sizes = NULL);
-
-    // [x,y] is position of upper-left corner of printing rectangle (see SetSize)
-    // from is y-coordinate of the very first visible cell
-    // to is y-coordinate of the next following page break, if any
-    // Returned value is y coordinate of first cell than didn't fit onto page.
-    // Use this value as 'from' in next call to Render in order to print multiple pages
-    // document
-    // If dont_render is TRUE then nothing is rendered into DC and it only counts
-    // pixels and return y coord of the next page
-    //
-    // known_pagebreaks and number_of_pages are used only when counting pages;
-    // otherwise, their default values should be used. Their purpose is to
-    // support pagebreaks using a subset of CSS2's <DIV>. The <DIV> handler
-    // needs to know what pagebreaks have already been set so that it doesn't
-    // set the same pagebreak twice.
-    //
-    // CAUTION! Render() changes DC's user scale and does NOT restore it!
-    int Render(int x, int y, int from = 0, int dont_render = FALSE, int to = INT_MAX,
-               int *known_pagebreaks = NULL, int number_of_pages = 0);
-
-    // returns total height of the html document
-    // (compare Render's return value with this)
-    int GetTotalHeight();
-
-private:
-    wxDC *m_DC;
-    wxHtmlWinParser *m_Parser;
-    wxFileSystem *m_FS;
-    wxHtmlContainerCell *m_Cells;
-    int m_MaxWidth, m_Width, m_Height;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlDCRenderer)
-};
-
-
-
-
-
-enum {
-    wxPAGE_ODD,
-    wxPAGE_EVEN,
-    wxPAGE_ALL
-};
-
-
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlPrintout
-//                  This class is derived from standard wxWindows printout class
-//                  and is used to print HTML documents.
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlPrintout : public wxPrintout
-{
-public:
-    wxHtmlPrintout(const wxString& title = wxT("Printout"));
-    ~wxHtmlPrintout();
-
-    void SetHtmlText(const wxString& html, const wxString &basepath = wxEmptyString, bool isdir = TRUE); 
-            // prepares the class for printing this html document.
-            // Must be called before using the class, in fact just after constructor
-            //
-            // basepath is base directory (html string would be stored there if it was in
-            // file). It is used to determine path for loading images, for example.
-            // isdir is FALSE if basepath is filename, TRUE if it is directory name
-            // (see wxFileSystem for detailed explanation)
-
-    void SetHtmlFile(const wxString &htmlfile);
-            // same as SetHtmlText except that it takes regular file as the parameter
-
-    void SetHeader(const wxString& header, int pg = wxPAGE_ALL);
-    void SetFooter(const wxString& footer, int pg = wxPAGE_ALL);
-            // sets header/footer for the document. The argument is interpreted as HTML document.
-            // You can use macros in it:
-            //   @PAGENUM@ is replaced by page number
-            //   @PAGESCNT@ is replaced by total number of pages
-            //
-            // pg is one of wxPAGE_ODD, wxPAGE_EVEN and wx_PAGE_ALL constants.
-            // You can set different header/footer for odd and even pages
-
-    // Sets fonts to be used when displaying HTML page. (if size null then default sizes used).
-    void SetFonts(wxString normal_face, wxString fixed_face, const int *sizes = NULL);
-
-    void SetMargins(float top = 25.2, float bottom = 25.2, float left = 25.2, float right = 25.2, 
-                    float spaces = 5);
-            // sets margins in milimeters. Defaults to 1 inch for margins and 0.5cm for space
-            // between text and header and/or footer
-
-    // wxPrintout stuff:        
-    bool OnPrintPage(int page);
-    bool HasPage(int page);
-    void GetPageInfo(int *minPage, int *maxPage, int *selPageFrom, int *selPageTo);
-    bool OnBeginDocument(int startPage, int endPage);
-
-private:
-
-    void RenderPage(wxDC *dc, int page);
-            // renders one page into dc
-    wxString TranslateHeader(const wxString& instr, int page);
-            // substitute @PAGENUM@ and @PAGESCNT@ by real values
-    void CountPages();
-            // counts pages and fills m_NumPages and m_PageBreaks
-
-
-private:
-    int m_NumPages;
-    int m_PageBreaks[wxHTML_PRINT_MAX_PAGES];
-
-    wxString m_Document, m_BasePath;
-    bool m_BasePathIsDir;
-    wxString m_Headers[2], m_Footers[2];
-
-    int m_HeaderHeight, m_FooterHeight;
-    wxHtmlDCRenderer *m_Renderer, *m_RendererHdr;
-    float m_MarginTop, m_MarginBottom, m_MarginLeft, m_MarginRight, m_MarginSpace;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlPrintout)
-};
-
-
-
-
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlEasyPrinting
-//                  This class provides very simple interface to printing 
-//                  architecture. It allows you to print HTML documents only
-//                  with very few commands. 
-//
-//                  Note : do not create this class on stack only.
-//                         You should create an instance on app startup and 
-//                         use this instance for all printing. Why? The class
-//                         stores page&printer settings in it.
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlEasyPrinting : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxHtmlEasyPrinting(const wxString& name = wxT("Printing"), wxFrame *parent_frame = NULL);
-    ~wxHtmlEasyPrinting();
-
-    bool PreviewFile(const wxString &htmlfile);
-    bool PreviewText(const wxString &htmltext, const wxString& basepath = wxEmptyString);
-            // Preview file / html-text for printing
-            // (and offers printing)
-            // basepath is base directory for opening subsequent files (e.g. from <img> tag)
-
-    bool PrintFile(const wxString &htmlfile);
-    bool PrintText(const wxString &htmltext, const wxString& basepath = wxEmptyString);
-            // Print file / html-text w/o preview
-
-    void PrinterSetup();
-    void PageSetup();
-            // pop up printer or page setup dialog
-
-    void SetHeader(const wxString& header, int pg = wxPAGE_ALL);
-    void SetFooter(const wxString& footer, int pg = wxPAGE_ALL);
-            // sets header/footer for the document. The argument is interpreted as HTML document.
-            // You can use macros in it:
-            //   @PAGENUM@ is replaced by page number
-            //   @PAGESCNT@ is replaced by total number of pages
-            //
-            // pg is one of wxPAGE_ODD, wxPAGE_EVEN and wx_PAGE_ALL constants.
-            // You can set different header/footer for odd and even pages
-
-    void SetFonts(wxString normal_face, wxString fixed_face, const int *sizes = 0);
-    // Sets fonts to be used when displaying HTML page. (if size null then default sizes used)
-
-    wxPrintData *GetPrintData() {return m_PrintData;}
-    wxPageSetupDialogData *GetPageSetupData() {return m_PageSetupData;}
-            // return page setting data objects. 
-            // (You can set their parameters.)
-
-protected:
-    virtual wxHtmlPrintout *CreatePrintout();
-    virtual bool DoPreview(wxHtmlPrintout *printout1, wxHtmlPrintout *printout2);
-    virtual bool DoPrint(wxHtmlPrintout *printout);
-
-private:
-    wxPrintData *m_PrintData;
-    wxPageSetupDialogData *m_PageSetupData;
-    wxString m_Name;
-    int m_FontsSizesArr[7];
-    int *m_FontsSizes;
-    wxString m_FontFaceFixed, m_FontFaceNormal;
-    wxString m_Headers[2], m_Footers[2];
-    wxFrame *m_Frame;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlEasyPrinting)
-};
-
-
-
-
-#endif  // wxUSE_HTML & wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
-
-#endif // _WX_HTMPRINT_H_
-

include/wx/html/m_templ.h

@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        m_templ.h
-// Purpose:     Modules template file
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-/*
-
-DESCRIPTION:
-This is set of macros for easier writing of tag handlers. How to use it?
-See mod_fonts.cpp for example...
-
-Attention! This is quite strange C++ bastard. Before using it,
-I STRONGLY recommend reading and understanding these macros!!
-
-*/
-
-
-#ifndef _WX_M_TEMPL_H_
-#define _WX_M_TEMPL_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_HTML
-
-#include "wx/html/winpars.h"
-
-#define TAG_HANDLER_BEGIN(name,tags)                                      \
-    class HTML_Handler_##name : public wxHtmlWinTagHandler                \
-    {                                                                     \
-        public:                                                           \
-            wxString GetSupportedTags() {return wxT(tags);}
-
-
-
-#define TAG_HANDLER_VARS                                                  \
-        private:
-
-#define TAG_HANDLER_CONSTR(name)                                                \
-        public:                                                           \
-        HTML_Handler_##name () : wxHtmlWinTagHandler()
-
-
-#define TAG_HANDLER_PROC(varib)                                           \
-        public:                                                           \
-            bool HandleTag(const wxHtmlTag& varib)
-
-
-
-#define TAG_HANDLER_END(name)                                             \
-    };
-
-
-
-
-#define TAGS_MODULE_BEGIN(name)                                           \
-    class HTML_Module##name : public wxHtmlTagsModule                     \
-    {                                                                     \
-        DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(HTML_Module##name )                         \
-        public:                                                           \
-            void FillHandlersTable(wxHtmlWinParser *parser)               \
-                {
-
-
-
-
-#define TAGS_MODULE_ADD(handler)                                          \
-                    parser->AddTagHandler(new HTML_Handler_##handler);
-
-
-
-
-#define TAGS_MODULE_END(name)                                             \
-                }                                                         \
-    };                                                                    \
-    IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(HTML_Module##name , wxHtmlTagsModule)
-
-
-
-#endif
-#endif

include/wx/html/winpars.h

@@ -1,252 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        winpars.h
-// Purpose:     wxHtmlWinParser class (parser to be used with wxHtmlWindow)
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-#ifndef _WX_WINPARS_H_
-#define _WX_WINPARS_H_
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-#pragma interface "winpars.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#if wxUSE_HTML
-
-#include "wx/module.h"
-#include "wx/font.h"
-#include "wx/html/htmlpars.h"
-#include "wx/html/htmlcell.h"
-#include "wx/encconv.h"
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlWindow;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlWinParser;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlWinTagHandler;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlTagsModule;
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlWinParser
-//                  This class is derived from wxHtmlParser and its mail goal
-//                  is to parse HTML input so that it can be displayed in
-//                  wxHtmlWindow. It uses special wxHtmlWinTagHandler.
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlWinParser : public wxHtmlParser
-{
-    friend class wxHtmlWindow;
-
-public:
-    wxHtmlWinParser(wxHtmlWindow *wnd = NULL);
-    ~wxHtmlWinParser();
-
-    virtual void InitParser(const wxString& source);
-    virtual void DoneParser();
-    virtual wxObject* GetProduct();
-
-    virtual wxFSFile *OpenURL(wxHtmlURLType type, const wxString& url) const;
-
-    // Set's the DC used for parsing. If SetDC() is not called,
-    // parsing won't proceed
-    virtual void SetDC(wxDC *dc, double pixel_scale = 1.0)
-        { m_DC = dc; m_PixelScale = pixel_scale; }
-
-    wxDC *GetDC() {return m_DC;}
-    double GetPixelScale() {return m_PixelScale;}
-    int GetCharHeight() const {return m_CharHeight;}
-    int GetCharWidth() const {return m_CharWidth;}
-
-    // NOTE : these functions do _not_ return _actual_
-    // height/width. They return h/w of default font
-    // for this DC. If you want actual values, call
-    // GetDC()->GetChar...()
-
-    // returns associated wxWindow
-    wxHtmlWindow *GetWindow() {return m_Window;}
-
-    // Sets fonts to be used when displaying HTML page. (if size null then default sizes used).
-    void SetFonts(wxString normal_face, wxString fixed_face, const int *sizes = NULL);
-
-    // Adds tags module. see wxHtmlTagsModule for details.
-    static void AddModule(wxHtmlTagsModule *module);
-
-    static void RemoveModule(wxHtmlTagsModule *module);
-
-    // parsing-related methods. These methods are called by tag handlers:
-
-    // Returns pointer to actual container. Common use in tag handler is :
-    // m_WParser->GetContainer()->InsertCell(new ...);
-    wxHtmlContainerCell *GetContainer() const {return m_Container;}
-
-    // opens new container. This container is sub-container of opened
-    // container. Sets GetContainer to newly created container
-    // and returns it.
-    wxHtmlContainerCell *OpenContainer();
-
-    // works like OpenContainer except that new container is not created
-    // but c is used. You can use this to directly set actual container
-    wxHtmlContainerCell *SetContainer(wxHtmlContainerCell *c);
-
-    // closes the container and sets actual Container to upper-level
-    // container
-    wxHtmlContainerCell *CloseContainer();
-
-    int GetFontSize() const {return m_FontSize;}
-    void SetFontSize(int s);
-    int GetFontBold() const {return m_FontBold;}
-    void SetFontBold(int x) {m_FontBold = x;}
-    int GetFontItalic() const {return m_FontItalic;}
-    void SetFontItalic(int x) {m_FontItalic = x;}
-    int GetFontUnderlined() const {return m_FontUnderlined;}
-    void SetFontUnderlined(int x) {m_FontUnderlined = x;}
-    int GetFontFixed() const {return m_FontFixed;}
-    void SetFontFixed(int x) {m_FontFixed = x;}
-    wxString GetFontFace() const {return GetFontFixed() ? m_FontFaceFixed : m_FontFaceNormal;}
-    void SetFontFace(const wxString& face);
-
-    int GetAlign() const {return m_Align;}
-    void SetAlign(int a) {m_Align = a;}
-    const wxColour& GetLinkColor() const { return m_LinkColor; }
-    void SetLinkColor(const wxColour& clr) { m_LinkColor = clr; }
-    const wxColour& GetActualColor() const { return m_ActualColor; }
-    void SetActualColor(const wxColour& clr) { m_ActualColor = clr ;}
-    const wxHtmlLinkInfo& GetLink() const { return m_Link; }
-    void SetLink(const wxHtmlLinkInfo& link);
-
-#if !wxUSE_UNICODE
-    void SetInputEncoding(wxFontEncoding enc);
-    wxFontEncoding GetInputEncoding() const { return m_InputEnc; }
-    wxFontEncoding GetOutputEncoding() const { return m_OutputEnc; }
-    wxEncodingConverter *GetEncodingConverter() const { return m_EncConv; }
-#endif
-
-    // creates font depending on m_Font* members.
-    virtual wxFont* CreateCurrentFont();
-
-protected:
-    virtual void AddText(const wxChar* txt);
-
-private:
-    bool m_tmpLastWasSpace;
-    wxChar *m_tmpStrBuf;
-    size_t  m_tmpStrBufSize;
-        // temporary variables used by AddText
-    wxHtmlWindow *m_Window;
-            // window we're parsing for
-    double m_PixelScale;
-    wxDC *m_DC;
-            // Device Context we're parsing for
-    static wxList m_Modules;
-            // list of tags modules (see wxHtmlTagsModule for details)
-            // This list is used to initialize m_Handlers member.
-
-    wxHtmlContainerCell *m_Container;
-            // actual container. See Open/CloseContainer for details.
-
-    int m_FontBold, m_FontItalic, m_FontUnderlined, m_FontFixed; // this is not TRUE,FALSE but 1,0, we need it for indexing
-    int m_FontSize; /* -2 to +4,  0 is default */
-    wxColour m_LinkColor;
-    wxColour m_ActualColor;
-            // basic font parameters.
-    wxHtmlLinkInfo m_Link;
-            // actual hypertext link or empty string
-    bool m_UseLink;
-            // TRUE if m_Link is not empty
-    long m_CharHeight, m_CharWidth;
-            // average height of normal-sized text
-    int m_Align;
-            // actual alignment
-
-    wxFont* m_FontsTable[2][2][2][2][7];
-    wxString m_FontsFacesTable[2][2][2][2][7];
-#if !wxUSE_UNICODE
-    wxFontEncoding m_FontsEncTable[2][2][2][2][7];
-#endif
-            // table of loaded fonts. 1st four indexes are 0 or 1, depending on on/off
-            // state of these flags (from left to right):
-            // [bold][italic][underlined][fixed_size]
-            // last index is font size : from 0 to 6 (remapped from html sizes 1 to 7)
-            // Note : this table covers all possible combinations of fonts, but not
-            // all of them are used, so many items in table are usually NULL.
-    int m_FontsSizes[7];
-    wxString m_FontFaceFixed, m_FontFaceNormal;
-            // html font sizes and faces of fixed and proportional fonts
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlWinParser)
-
-#if !wxUSE_UNICODE
-    wxFontEncoding m_InputEnc, m_OutputEnc;
-            // I/O font encodings
-    wxEncodingConverter *m_EncConv;
-#endif
-};
-
-
-
-
-
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlWinTagHandler
-//                  This is basicly wxHtmlTagHandler except
-//                  it is extended with protected member m_Parser pointing to
-//                  the wxHtmlWinParser object
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlWinTagHandler : public wxHtmlTagHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxHtmlWinTagHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxHtmlWinTagHandler() : wxHtmlTagHandler() {};
-
-    virtual void SetParser(wxHtmlParser *parser) {wxHtmlTagHandler::SetParser(parser); m_WParser = (wxHtmlWinParser*) parser;};
-
-protected:
-    wxHtmlWinParser *m_WParser; // same as m_Parser, but overcasted
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlWinTagHandler)
-};
-
-
-
-
-
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlTagsModule
-//                  This is basic of dynamic tag handlers binding.
-//                  The class provides methods for filling parser's handlers
-//                  hash table.
-//                  (See documentation for details)
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlTagsModule : public wxModule
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHtmlTagsModule)
-
-public:
-    wxHtmlTagsModule() : wxModule() {};
-
-    virtual bool OnInit();
-    virtual void OnExit();
-
-    // This is called by wxHtmlWinParser.
-    // The method must simply call parser->AddTagHandler(new <handler_class_name>);
-    // for each handler
-    virtual void FillHandlersTable(wxHtmlWinParser * WXUNUSED(parser)) { }
-};
-
-
-#endif
-
-#endif // _WX_WINPARS_H_
-
-
-
-
-

install-sh

@@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+#
+# install - install a program, script, or datafile
+# This comes from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh).
+#
+# Copyright 1991 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology
+#
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+# documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+# the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+# documentation, and that the name of M.I.T. not be used in advertising or
+# publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
+# written prior permission.  M.I.T. makes no representations about the
+# suitability of this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is"
+# without express or implied warranty.
+#
+# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
+# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
+# when there is no Makefile.
+#
+# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
+# from scratch.  It can only install one file at a time, a restriction
+# shared with many OS's install programs.
+
+
+# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
+
+# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
+doit="${DOITPROG-}"
+
+
+# put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars.
+
+mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}"
+cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}"
+chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}"
+chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}"
+chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}"
+stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}"
+rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}"
+mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}"
+
+transformbasename=""
+transform_arg=""
+instcmd="$mvprog"
+chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755"
+chowncmd=""
+chgrpcmd=""
+stripcmd=""
+rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
+mvcmd="$mvprog"
+src=""
+dst=""
+dir_arg=""
+
+while [ x"$1" != x ]; do
+    case $1 in
+	-c) instcmd="$cpprog"
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-d) dir_arg=true
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2"
+	    shift
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
+	    shift
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
+	    shift
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-s) stripcmd="$stripprog"
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-t=*) transformarg=`echo $1 | sed 's/-t=//'`
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-b=*) transformbasename=`echo $1 | sed 's/-b=//'`
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	*)  if [ x"$src" = x ]
+	    then
+		src=$1
+	    else
+		# this colon is to work around a 386BSD /bin/sh bug
+		:
+		dst=$1
+	    fi
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+    esac
+done
+
+if [ x"$src" = x ]
+then
+	echo "install:	no input file specified"
+	exit 1
+else
+	true
+fi
+
+if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then
+	dst=$src
+	src=""
+	
+	if [ -d $dst ]; then
+		instcmd=:
+	else
+		instcmd=mkdir
+	fi
+else
+
+# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$instcmd $src $dsttmp" command
+# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad 
+# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
+
+	if [ -f $src -o -d $src ]
+	then
+		true
+	else
+		echo "install:  $src does not exist"
+		exit 1
+	fi
+	
+	if [ x"$dst" = x ]
+	then
+		echo "install:	no destination specified"
+		exit 1
+	else
+		true
+	fi
+
+# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system
+# does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic
+
+	if [ -d $dst ]
+	then
+		dst="$dst"/`basename $src`
+	else
+		true
+	fi
+fi
+
+## this sed command emulates the dirname command
+dstdir=`echo $dst | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'`
+
+# Make sure that the destination directory exists.
+#  this part is taken from Noah Friedman's mkinstalldirs script
+
+# Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case.
+if [ ! -d "$dstdir" ]; then
+defaultIFS='	
+'
+IFS="${IFS-${defaultIFS}}"
+
+oIFS="${IFS}"
+# Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason.
+IFS='%'
+set - `echo ${dstdir} | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'`
+IFS="${oIFS}"
+
+pathcomp=''
+
+while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do
+	pathcomp="${pathcomp}${1}"
+	shift
+
+	if [ ! -d "${pathcomp}" ] ;
+        then
+		$mkdirprog "${pathcomp}"
+	else
+		true
+	fi
+
+	pathcomp="${pathcomp}/"
+done
+fi
+
+if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]
+then
+	$doit $instcmd $dst &&
+
+	if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
+	if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
+	if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
+	if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dst; else true ; fi
+else
+
+# If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now.
+
+	if [ x"$transformarg" = x ] 
+	then
+		dstfile=`basename $dst`
+	else
+		dstfile=`basename $dst $transformbasename | 
+			sed $transformarg`$transformbasename
+	fi
+
+# don't allow the sed command to completely eliminate the filename
+
+	if [ x"$dstfile" = x ] 
+	then
+		dstfile=`basename $dst`
+	else
+		true
+	fi
+
+# Make a temp file name in the proper directory.
+
+	dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$#
+
+# Move or copy the file name to the temp name
+
+	$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp &&
+
+	trap "rm -f ${dsttmp}" 0 &&
+
+# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits
+
+# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing.  If we want to
+# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
+# errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command.
+
+	if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+	if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+	if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+	if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+
+# Now rename the file to the real destination.
+
+	$doit $rmcmd -f $dstdir/$dstfile &&
+	$doit $mvcmd $dsttmp $dstdir/$dstfile 
+
+fi &&
+
+
+exit 0

mkinstalldirs

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# mkinstalldirs --- make directory hierarchy
+# Author: Noah Friedman <friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu>
+# Created: 1993-05-16
+# Last modified: 1994-03-25
+# Public domain
+
+errstatus=0
+
+for file in ${1+"$@"} ; do
+   set fnord `echo ":$file" | sed -ne 's/^:\//#/;s/^://;s/\// /g;s/^#/\//;p'`
+   shift
+
+   pathcomp=
+   for d in ${1+"$@"} ; do
+     pathcomp="$pathcomp$d"
+     case "$pathcomp" in
+       -* ) pathcomp=./$pathcomp ;;
+     esac
+
+     if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
+        echo "mkdir $pathcomp" 1>&2
+        mkdir "$pathcomp" > /dev/null 2>&1 || lasterr=$?
+     fi
+
+     if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
+	errstatus=$lasterr
+     fi
+
+     pathcomp="$pathcomp/"
+   done
+done
+
+exit $errstatus
+
+# mkinstalldirs ends here

samples/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+include ../setup/general/makedirs

samples/bombs/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+include ../../setup/general/makeapp

samples/bombs/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# WXXT base directory
+WXBASEDIR=@WXBASEDIR@
+
+# set the OS type for compilation
+OS=@OS@
+# compile a library only
+RULE=bin
+
+# define library name
+BIN_TARGET=bombs
+# define library sources
+BIN_SRC=\
+bombs.cpp bombs1.cpp game.cpp
+
+#define library objects
+BIN_OBJ=\
+bombs.o bombs1.o game.o
+
+# additional things needed to link
+BIN_LINK=
+
+# additional things needed to compile
+ADD_COMPILE=
+
+# include the definitions now
+include ../../../template.mak

samples/caret/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+include ../../setup/general/makeapp

samples/caret/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+# WXXT base directory
+WXBASEDIR=@WXBASEDIR@
+
+# set the OS type for compilation
+OS=@OS@
+# compile a library only
+RULE=bin
+
+# define library name
+BIN_TARGET=caret
+# define library sources
+BIN_SRC=caret.cpp
+
+#define library objects
+BIN_OBJ=caret.o
+
+# additional things needed to link
+BIN_LINK=
+
+# additional things needed to compile
+ADD_COMPILE=
+
+# include the definitions now
+include ../../../template.mak

samples/checklst/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+include ../../setup/general/makeapp

samples/checklst/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# WXXT base directory
+WXBASEDIR=@WXBASEDIR@
+
+# set the OS type for compilation
+OS=@OS@
+# compile a library only
+RULE=bin
+
+# define library name
+BIN_TARGET=checklst
+# define library sources
+BIN_SRC=\
+checklst.cpp
+
+#define library objects
+BIN_OBJ=\
+checklst.o
+
+# additional things needed to link
+BIN_LINK=
+
+# additional things needed to compile
+ADD_COMPILE=
+
+# include the definitions now
+include ../../../template.mak

samples/config/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+include ../../setup/general/makeapp

samples/config/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+# WXXT base directory
+WXBASEDIR=@WXBASEDIR@
+
+# set the OS type for compilation
+OS=@OS@
+# compile a library only
+RULE=bin
+
+# define library name
+BIN_TARGET=conftest
+# define library sources
+BIN_SRC=conftest.cpp
+
+#define library objects
+BIN_OBJ=conftest.o
+
+# additional things needed to link
+BIN_LINK=
+
+# additional things needed to compile
+ADD_COMPILE=
+
+# include the definitions now
+include ../../../template.mak

samples/controls/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+include ../../setup/general/makeapp

samples/controls/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# WXXT base directory
+WXBASEDIR=@WXBASEDIR@
+
+# set the OS type for compilation
+OS=@OS@
+# compile a library only
+RULE=bin
+
+# define library name
+BIN_TARGET=controls
+# define library sources
+BIN_SRC=\
+controls.cpp
+
+#define library objects
+BIN_OBJ=\
+controls.o
+
+# additional things needed to link
+BIN_LINK=
+
+# additional things needed to compile
+ADD_COMPILE=
+
+# include the definitions now
+include ../../../template.mak

samples/db/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+include ../../setup/general/makeapp

samples/db/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# WXXT base directory
+WXBASEDIR=@WXBASEDIR@
+
+# set the OS type for compilation
+OS=@OS@
+# compile a library only
+RULE=bin
+
+# define library name
+BIN_TARGET=dbtest
+# define library sources
+BIN_SRC=\
+dbtest.cpp listdb.cpp
+
+#define library objects
+BIN_OBJ=\
+dbtest.o listdb.o
+
+# additional things needed to link
+BIN_LINK=
+
+# additional things needed to compile
+ADD_COMPILE=
+
+# include the definitions now
+include ../../../template.mak

samples/dde/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+include ../../setup/general/makeapp

samples/dde/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+# WXXT base directory
+WXBASEDIR=@WXBASEDIR@
+
+# set the OS type for compilation
+OS=@OS@
+# compile a library only
+RULE=bin2
+
+# define library name
+BIN_TARGET=client
+BIN2_TARGET=server
+# define library sources
+BIN_SRC= client.cpp
+BIN2_SRC= server.cpp
+
+#define library objects
+BIN_OBJ= client.o
+BIN2_OBJ= server.o
+
+# additional things needed to link
+BIN_LINK=
+BIN2_LINK=
+
+# additional things needed to compile
+ADD_COMPILE=
+
+# include the definitions now
+include ../../../template.mak

samples/dialogs/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+include ../../setup/general/makeapp

samples/dialogs/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# WXXT base directory
+WXBASEDIR=@WXBASEDIR@
+
+# set the OS type for compilation
+OS=@OS@
+# compile a library only
+RULE=bin
+
+# define library name
+BIN_TARGET=dialogs
+# define library sources
+BIN_SRC=\
+dialogs.cpp
+
+#define library objects
+BIN_OBJ=\
+dialogs.o
+
+# additional things needed to link
+BIN_LINK=
+
+# additional things needed to compile
+ADD_COMPILE=
+
+# include the definitions now
+include ../../../template.mak

samples/dnd/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+include ../../setup/general/makeapp

samples/dnd/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# WXXT base directory
+WXBASEDIR=@WXBASEDIR@
+
+# set the OS type for compilation
+OS=@OS@
+# compile a library only
+RULE=bin
+
+# define library name
+BIN_TARGET=dnd
+# define library sources
+BIN_SRC=\
+dnd.cpp
+
+#define library objects
+BIN_OBJ=\
+dnd.o
+
+# additional things needed to link
+BIN_LINK=
+
+# additional things needed to compile
+ADD_COMPILE=
+
+# include the definitions now
+include ../../../template.mak

samples/docview/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+include ../../setup/general/makeapp

samples/docview/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# WXXT base directory
+WXBASEDIR=@WXBASEDIR@
+
+# set the OS type for compilation
+OS=@OS@
+# compile a library only
+RULE=bin
+
+# define library name
+BIN_TARGET=test
+# define library sources
+BIN_SRC=\
+doc.cpp view.cpp docview.cpp
+
+#define library objects
+BIN_OBJ=\
+doc.o view.o docview.o
+
+# additional things needed to link
+BIN_LINK=
+
+# additional things needed to compile
+ADD_COMPILE=
+
+# include the definitions now
+include ../../../template.mak

samples/docvwmdi/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+include ../../setup/general/makeapp

samples/docvwmdi/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# WXXT base directory
+WXBASEDIR=@WXBASEDIR@
+
+# set the OS type for compilation
+OS=@OS@
+# compile a library only
+RULE=bin
+
+# define library name
+BIN_TARGET=test
+# define library sources
+BIN_SRC=\
+doc.cpp view.cpp docview.cpp
+
+#define library objects
+BIN_OBJ=\
+doc.o view.o docview.o
+
+# additional things needed to link
+BIN_LINK=
+
+# additional things needed to compile
+ADD_COMPILE=
+
+# include the definitions now
+include ../../../template.mak

samples/drawing/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+include ../../setup/general/makeapp

samples/drawing/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# WXXT base directory
+WXBASEDIR=@WXBASEDIR@
+
+# set the OS type for compilation
+OS=@OS@
+# compile a library only
+RULE=bin
+
+# define library name
+BIN_TARGET=drawing
+# define library sources
+BIN_SRC=\
+drawing.cpp
+
+#define library objects
+BIN_OBJ=\
+drawing.o
+
+# additional things needed to link
+BIN_LINK=
+
+# additional things needed to compile
+ADD_COMPILE=
+
+# include the definitions now
+include ../../../template.mak

samples/dynamic/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+include ../../setup/general/makeapp

samples/dynamic/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# WXXT base directory
+WXBASEDIR=@WXBASEDIR@
+
+# set the OS type for compilation
+OS=@OS@
+# compile a library only
+RULE=bin
+
+# define library name
+BIN_TARGET=dynamic
+# define library sources
+BIN_SRC=\
+dynamic.cpp
+
+#define library objects
+BIN_OBJ=\
+dynamic.o
+
+# additional things needed to link
+BIN_LINK=
+
+# additional things needed to compile
+ADD_COMPILE=
+
+# include the definitions now
+include ../../../template.mak

samples/forty/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+include ../../setup/general/makeapp

samples/forty/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+# WXXT base directory
+WXBASEDIR=@WXBASEDIR@
+
+# set the OS type for compilation
+OS=@OS@
+# compile a library only
+RULE=bin
+
+# define library name
+BIN_TARGET=forty
+# define library sources
+BIN_SRC=\
+canvas.cpp \
+card.cpp \
+forty.cpp \
+game.cpp \
+pile.cpp \
+playerdg.cpp \
+scoredg.cpp \
+scorefil.cpp
+
+#define library objects
+BIN_OBJ=\
+canvas.o \
+card.o \
+forty.o \
+game.o \
+pile.o \
+playerdg.o \
+scoredg.o \
+scorefil.o
+
+# additional things needed to link
+BIN_LINK=
+
+# additional things needed to compile
+ADD_COMPILE=
+
+# include the definitions now
+include ../../../template.mak

samples/fractal/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+include ../../setup/general/makeapp

samples/fractal/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# WXXT base directory
+WXBASEDIR=@WXBASEDIR@
+
+# set the OS type for compilation
+OS=@OS@
+# compile a library only
+RULE=bin
+
+# define library name
+BIN_TARGET=fractal
+# define library sources
+BIN_SRC=\
+fractal.cpp
+
+#define library objects
+BIN_OBJ=\
+fractal.o
+
+# additional things needed to link
+BIN_LINK=
+
+# additional things needed to compile
+ADD_COMPILE=
+
+# include the definitions now
+include ../../../template.mak

samples/grid/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+include ../../setup/general/makeapp

samples/grid/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# WXXT base directory
+WXBASEDIR=@WXBASEDIR@
+
+# set the OS type for compilation
+OS=@OS@
+# compile a library only
+RULE=bin
+
+# define library name
+BIN_TARGET=grid
+# define library sources
+BIN_SRC=\
+test.cpp
+
+#define library objects
+BIN_OBJ=\
+test.o
+
+# additional things needed to link
+BIN_LINK=
+
+# additional things needed to compile
+ADD_COMPILE=
+
+# include the definitions now
+include ../../../template.mak

samples/help/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+include ../../setup/general/makeapp

samples/help/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# WXXT base directory
+WXBASEDIR=@WXBASEDIR@
+
+# set the OS type for compilation
+OS=@OS@
+# compile a library only
+RULE=bin
+
+# define library name
+BIN_TARGET=demo
+# define library sources
+BIN_SRC=\
+demo.cpp kbList.cpp wxexthlp.cpp
+
+#define library objects
+BIN_OBJ=\
+demo.o 
+
+# additional things needed to link
+BIN_LINK=
+
+# additional things needed to compile
+ADD_COMPILE=
+
+# include the definitions now
+include ../../../template.mak

samples/image/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+include ../../setup/general/makeapp

samples/image/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# WXXT base directory
+WXBASEDIR=@WXBASEDIR@
+
+# set the OS type for compilation
+OS=@OS@
+# compile a library only
+RULE=bin
+
+# define library name
+BIN_TARGET=image
+# define library sources
+BIN_SRC=\
+image.cpp
+
+#define library objects
+BIN_OBJ=\
+image.o
+
+# additional things needed to link
+BIN_LINK=
+
+# additional things needed to compile
+ADD_COMPILE=
+
+# include the definitions now
+include ../../../template.mak

samples/internat/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+include ../../setup/general/makeapp

samples/internat/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# WXXT base directory
+WXBASEDIR=@WXBASEDIR@
+
+# set the OS type for compilation
+OS=@OS@
+# compile a library only
+RULE=bin
+
+# define library name
+BIN_TARGET=internat
+# define library sources
+BIN_SRC=\
+internat.cpp
+
+#define library objects
+BIN_OBJ=\
+internat.o
+
+# additional things needed to link
+BIN_LINK=
+
+# additional things needed to compile
+ADD_COMPILE=
+
+# include the definitions now
+include ../../../template.mak

samples/layout/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+include ../../setup/general/makeapp

samples/layout/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# WXXT base directory
+WXBASEDIR=@WXBASEDIR@
+
+# set the OS type for compilation
+OS=@OS@
+# compile a library only
+RULE=bin
+
+# define library name
+BIN_TARGET=layout
+# define library sources
+BIN_SRC=\
+layout.cpp
+
+#define library objects
+BIN_OBJ=\
+layout.o
+
+# additional things needed to link
+BIN_LINK=
+
+# additional things needed to compile
+ADD_COMPILE=
+
+# include the definitions now
+include ../../../template.mak

samples/listctrl/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+include ../../setup/general/makeapp

samples/listctrl/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# WXXT base directory
+WXBASEDIR=@WXBASEDIR@
+
+# set the OS type for compilation
+OS=@OS@
+# compile a library only
+RULE=bin
+
+# define library name
+BIN_TARGET=listtest
+# define library sources
+BIN_SRC=\
+listtest.cpp
+
+#define library objects
+BIN_OBJ=\
+listtest.o
+
+# additional things needed to link
+BIN_LINK=
+
+# additional things needed to compile
+ADD_COMPILE=
+
+# include the definitions now
+include ../../../template.mak

samples/mdi/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+include ../../setup/general/makeapp

samples/mdi/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# WXXT base directory
+WXBASEDIR=@WXBASEDIR@
+
+# set the OS type for compilation
+OS=@OS@
+# compile a library only
+RULE=bin
+
+# define library name
+BIN_TARGET=mdi
+# define library sources
+BIN_SRC=\
+mdi.cpp
+
+#define library objects
+BIN_OBJ=\
+mdi.o
+
+# additional things needed to link
+BIN_LINK=
+
+# additional things needed to compile
+ADD_COMPILE=
+
+# include the definitions now
+include ../../../template.mak

samples/memcheck/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+include ../../setup/general/makeapp

samples/memcheck/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# WXXT base directory
+WXBASEDIR=@WXBASEDIR@
+
+# set the OS type for compilation
+OS=@OS@
+# compile a library only
+RULE=bin
+
+# define library name
+BIN_TARGET=memcheck
+# define library sources
+BIN_SRC=\
+memcheck.cpp
+
+#define library objects
+BIN_OBJ=\
+memcheck.o
+
+# additional things needed to link
+BIN_LINK=
+
+# additional things needed to compile
+ADD_COMPILE=
+
+# include the definitions now
+include ../../../template.mak

samples/minifram/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+include ../../setup/general/makeapp

samples/minifram/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# WXXT base directory
+WXBASEDIR=@WXBASEDIR@
+
+# set the OS type for compilation
+OS=@OS@
+# compile a library only
+RULE=bin
+
+# define library name
+BIN_TARGET=minifram
+# define library sources
+BIN_SRC=\
+test.cpp
+
+#define library objects
+BIN_OBJ=\
+test.o
+
+# additional things needed to link
+BIN_LINK=
+
+# additional things needed to compile
+ADD_COMPILE=
+
+# include the definitions now
+include ../../../template.mak

samples/minimal/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+include ../../setup/general/makeapp